The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPROJECT SPECIFICATIONS -cony La Porte Road Pumping Station and Force Main City Contract No. 847 AECOM #60279867 Prepared For: City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo,Iowa 50703 Prepared By: AECOM 501 Sycamore Street,Suite 222 P.O.Box 1497 Waterloo,Iowa 50704-1497 March 2013 LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN CITY CONTRACT NO. 847 CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA Prepared For: City of Waterloo,Iowa Prepared By: AECOM March 2013 1��ti�;,,,++trt#trrurrr, I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Iowa. trr : TODD L. :Gif ? � * ALLYN `Z y 1.) ; 14621 •y „ TODD L.ALLYN,P.E. Date t pr License No. 14621 4t04.mottiktM155t s' My license renewal date is December 31,2014. Pages or sheets covered by this seal: All Pages LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN _ CITY CONTRACT NO. 847 CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1. NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING AND NOTICE TO BIDDERS NPHB-1 to NPHB-4 2. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS IB-1 to IB-9 3. FORM OF BID OR PROPOSAL BF-1 to BF-3 4. SALES TAX EXEMPTION INFORMATION FORM STE-1 5. FORM OF BID BOND BB-1 6. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVITS NCA-1 to NCA-2 7. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE EOC-1 to EOC-2 8. RESIDENT/NON-RESIDENT BIDDER;RESIDENT BIDDER CERTIFICATION; NON-RESIDENT BIDDER CERTIFICATION RB-1 to RB-3 9. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM 1 to 9 10. ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION M-1 SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID REQUEST FORM, M-2 LETTER FORM FOR SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTES M-3 _ MBE/WBE LETTER OF INTENT M-4 MBE/WBE PREBID CONTACT INFORMATION FORM M-5 to M-6 11. CERTIFIED MBE/WBE CONTRACTORS-CITY OF WATERLOO 1-4 12. STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS SQ-1 to SQ-2 13. GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS GSP-1 to GSP-4 14. SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP-1 to SP-4 -- DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 18 Summary of Work 01 11 18-1 to 01 11 18-3 Section 01 29 73 Schedule of Values 01 29 73-1 to 01 29 73-2 Section 01 33 10 Submittals 01 33 10-1 to 01 33 10-9 Section 01 43 00 Testing Laboratory Services 01 43 00-1 to 01 43 00-3 Section 01 43 26 Testing 01 43 26-1 to 01 43 26-2 Section 01 50 10 Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities 01 50 10-1 to 01 50 10-3 Section 01 57 00 Protection of Environment 01 57 00-1 to 01 57 00-3 Section 01 60 10 Material and Equipment 01 60 10-1 to 01 60 10-8 Section 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Data 01 78 23-1 to 01 78 23-14 Section 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 01 78 39-1 to 01 78 39-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 DIVISION 2-EXISTING CONDITIONS Section 02 41 10 Demolition 02 41 10-1 to 02 41 10-3 DIVISION 26-ELECTRICAL ' Section 26 05 02 Basic Materials and Methods 26 05 02-1 to 26 05 02-12 Section 26 05 26 Grounding 26 05 26-1 to 26 05 26-4 Section 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29-1 to 26 05 29-3 — Section 26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Manholes 26 05 43-1 to 26 05 43-3 Section 26 05 53 Electrical Identification 26 05 53-1 to 26 05 53-4 Section 26 08 10 Electrical System Demonstrations 26 08 10-1 Section 26 08 20 Testing Electrical Systems 26 08 20-1 to 26 08 20-2 —' DIVISION 31-EARTHWORK Section 31 10 12 Site Preparation 31 10 12-1 to 31 10 12-2 Section 31 23 05 Structure Excavation and Backfilling 31 23 05-1 to 31 23 05-5 DIVISION 32-EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates 32 31 13-1 to 32 31 13-5 —' DIVISION 33-UTILITIES Section 33 05 23 Horizontal Directional Boring 33 05 23-1 to 33 05 23-2 — Section 33 32 14 Submersible Sewage Pumping Station 33 32 14-1 to 33 32 14-13 Section 33 71 73 Electric Service 33 71 73-1 DIVISION 40-PROCESS INTEGRATION Section 40 80 10 Systems Demonstrations 40 80 10-1 to 40 80 10-3 Section 40 90 10 General Provisions for Instrumentation and Controls 40 90 10-1 to 40 90 10-4 Section 40 91 37 Flow Meter(Magnetic) 40 91 37-1 to 40 91 37-4 — 15. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION GS-1 to GS-13 16. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION SGS-1 17. FORM OF CONTRACT C-1 to C-3 18. FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND PFB-1 to PFB-2 19. FORM OF PAYMENT BOND PB-1 to PB-2 — APPENDIX Pollution Prevention Plan PPP-1 -PPP-4 Storm Water Discharge SW-1 Change Order Form CO-1 Geotechnical Engineering Report La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 —" NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING On Proposed Plans,Specifications,Form of Contract, And Estimate of Cost and the NOTICE TO BIDDERS For the Taking of Construction Bids For the LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN In the City of Waterloo,Iowa CONTRACT NO.847 RECEIVING OF BIDS Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Waterloo,Iowa,at her office in the City Hall of the said City on the 4th day of November, 2013, until 4:00 p.m. for the construction of the LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN, Contract No. 847, as described in detail in the plans and specifications now on file in the Office of the City Clerk. OPENING OF BIDS All proposals received will be opened in open Council meeting to be held in the Council Chambers in the City Hall in the City of Waterloo, Iowa, on the 4th day of November, 2013, at 5:30 p.m., and the proposals will be acted upon at such later time and place as may then be fixed. PUBLIC HEARING Notice is hereby given that the Council of said City will conduct a public hearing on the proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-described improvement project at 5:30 p.m. on November 4, 2013, said hearing to be held in the Council Chambers in the City Hall in said City. The proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for said improvements heretofore prepared by AECOM are now on file in the office of the City Clerk for public examination,and any person interested therein may file written objection thereto with the City Clerk before the date set for said hearing,or appear and make objection thereto with the City Clerk before the date set for said hearing, or appear and make objection thereto at the meeting above set forth. SCOPE OF WORK The extent of the work involved is the construction of a new Lift Station, approximately 1,880 LF of gravity main, approximately 2,960 LF of force main, one (1) air release manhole, seven (7) sanitary sewer manholes, and incidentals located along La Porte Road. Work also entails removal of the existing Lift Station, installation of a manhole once the new station is operational,and all grading and surface restoration. BEGINNING AND COMPLETION DATES `— The work under the proposed contract shall be commenced within ten(10) working days after receipt of"Notice to Proceed" and all items shall be completed on or before April 30,2014. METHOD OF PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR The Contractor will be paid against bi-monthly estimates in cash on the basis of ninety-five percent (95%) of the work as it is completed and materials delivered and work approved. Final payment will be made thirty-one(31)days after completion of the work and acceptance by the Council. Before final payment is made, vouchers showing that NOTICE OF HEARING CONTRACT NO.847 NPH-1 of 4 60279867/420 all subcontractors and workmen and all persons furnishing materials have been fully paid for such materials and — labor will be required unless the City is satisfied that material,men and laborers have been paid. The Contractor is hereby notified that if the City does not have cash on hand to pay monthly pay estimates,according to Chapter 384.57 of the Code of Iowa, payment may be made by anticipatory warrants issued bearing a rate of — interest not exceeding that permitted by Chapter 74A,Code of Iowa. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS _. Plans and Specifications governing the construction of the proposed improvements have been prepared by AECOM, which plans and specifications and also the prior proceedings of the City Council referring to and defming said proposed improvements are hereby made a part of this notice, and the proposed contract by reference shall be — executed in compliance therewith. Plans and Specifications are available from the AECOM office located at 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222,Waterloo, — Iowa, 50703, upon receipt of a $25.00 deposit (CHECK ONLY). Said deposit is fully refundable if Plans and Specifications are returned in good condition no later than 14 days after the award of the contract. Return of the Plans and Specifications within the appropriate timeframe is the only condition under which a refund will be made. Planholders are responsible for ascertaining when the project has been awarded. Upon award of the project,the prime contractor shall be supplied with the needed number of plans and specifications at no additional cost. — CONTRACT AWARD A contract will be awarded to the qualified bidder submitting the lowest bid. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids, re-advertise for new bids, and to waive informalities in the bids submitted that might be in the best interest of the City. — Bids may be held by the City of Waterloo, Iowa, for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days from the day of the opening of bids for the purpose of reviewing the bids and investigating the qualifications of bidders, prior to — awarding the contract. By virtue of statutory authority,a preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced with the State of Iowa and preference will be given to local domestic labor in the construction of the improvement. PROPOSALS SUBMITTED The bidder shall submit bids on the items listed in the proposal. The bidder shall clearly write or type the unit bid price and the bid item extension (Unit Price x Estimated Qty) in numerals on the blanks provided. Should there be any discrepancy between the unit bid price and extension, the City of Waterloo shall consider the unit bid price as being the valid unit bid price. The bidder has the option to submit a computer-generated spreadsheet in lieu of the portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal, which includes the Bid Item Number, Description, Unit, Estimated Quantity, Unit Bid Price, Total Bid — Price and Total Bid. The computer-generated spreadsheet shall include all of the information listed in that portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal as well as bear the signature of the Prime Contractor submitting the bid. For the bidders who submit a computer-generated spreadsheet, the TOTAL BID (with alternates, if applicable) shall also be indicated in the space(s)provided on the Form of Bid or Proposal. — BID SECURITY REQUIRED All bids must be accompanied in a separate envelope by a certified or cashier's check drawn on an Iowa bank, or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, a certified share draft drawn on a credit union in Iowa or NOTICE OF HEARING CONTRACT NO.847 NPH-2 of 4 60279867/420 chartered under the laws of the United States, or bid bond, (on the form furnished by the City)payable to the City of Waterloo, Iowa, in the sum of not less than five percent (5%) of the bid submitted, which certified check, certified share draft or bid bond will be held as security that the Bidder will enter into a Contract for the construction of the work and will furnish the required bonds, and in case the successful Bidder shall fail or refuse to enter into the Contract and furnish the required bonds, his bid security may be retained by said City as agreed upon liquidated damages. If bid bond is used, it must be signed by both the Bidder and the surety or surety's agent. Signature of surety's agent must be supported by accompanying Power of Attorney. PERFORMANCE&PAYMENT BONDS The successful bidder will be required to furnish a"Performance Bond" and a"Payment Bond"within ten(10) days after forms are presented to him in an amount equal to one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council and shall guarantee the faithful performance of the contract and the terms and conditions therein contained, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor and protect and save harmless the City from claims of any kind caused by the operations of the contractor. MAINTENANCE BOND Before the Contractor shall be entitled to receive final payment for work done under this contract, it shall execute and file a bond in the penal sum of not less than 100% of the total amount of the contract, same to be known as "Maintenance Bond," and which bond must be approved by the City Council, and which bond is in addition to the bond given by the Contractor to guarantee the completion of the work. CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM/SUBCONTRACTING The program proposes numerical projections regarding utilization of Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and -- Women Business Enterprise (WBE) as Subcontractors, vendors and suppliers in the performance of Contracts awarded by the City of Waterloo,Iowa. A goal of at least ten percent(10%) for MBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are estimated at $50,000.00 or more. A goal of at least two percent (2%) for WBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are estimated at $50,000.00 or more. Any project funded in part or in total with federal funds shall follow the respective agencies contract compliance program and goals. The Prime Contractor shall make"good-faith efforts" to meet the Contract Compliance MBE/WBE goals. The MBE/WBE subcontractors, suppliers or vendors must provide the Prime Contractor a reasonably competitive price for the service being rendered or the Contractor is not required to accept their bid. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Time is an essential element of this contract. It is important that the work be diligently pursued to completion. If the work is not completed within the specified contract period,plus authorized extensions,the contractor shall pay to the City Liquidated Damages in the amount of five hundred dollars($500.00)per day,for each day,as further described herein,in excess of the authorized time. Days beyond the specified completion date for which Liquidated Damages will be charged will be working days that the contractor does, or could have worked, from Monday through Saturday. Sundays will be counted only if work is performed. Partial working days will be considered as a full working day. Days not chargeable for Liquidated Damages will include rain days,Sunday if no work is done,and legal holidays. Working days will cease to be charged when only punch list items remain to be completed. Punch list items do not _. include contract bid items or approved change/extra work orders. When the Contractor believes the project to be substantially completed, a written notice stating the same shall be submitted to the Engineer and a request made for a Punch List. If the work under the Contract extends beyond the NOTICE OF HEARING CONTRACT NO.847 NPH-3 of 4 60279867/420 normal construction season for such work the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in writing a request that working days counted toward the project be suspended until work is resumed the following construction season. This amount is not construed as a penalty. These damages are for the cost to the City of providing the required additional inspection,engineering and contract administration. —' PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Before the work is commenced on this contract,a conference shall be held for the purpose of discussing the contract. The conference shall be attended by the prime contractor,subcontractors and City Officials. RESIDENT BIDDER/NON-RESIDENT BIDDER '— Attention of bidders is called to compliance with the provisions of the Resident Bidder/Non-Resident Bidder requirements. Each bidder submitting a bid shall execute and include with the bid, a Resident Bidder Certification or a Non- Resident Bidder Certification in the form(s)herein provided. SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES Contractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certification to purchase building �. materials or supplies in the performance of construction contracts let by the City of Waterloo. Published pursuant to the provisions of Division VI of Chapter 384 of the City Code of Iowa and upon order to the City Council of said Waterloo,Iowa,on the day of 2013. CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA -- BY: Suzy Scharer City Clerk NOTICE OF HEARING CONTRACT NO.847 NPH-4 of 4 60279867/420 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. EXPLANATIONS TO BIDDERS Any explanation desired by a bidder regarding the meaning or interpretation of the Notice to Bidders, Plans, Specifications,etc.,must be requested in writing and with sufficient time allowed for a reply to reach bidders before submission of their bids. Any interpretation made will be in the form of an amendment of the Notice to Bidders, Plans, Specifications, etc., and will be furnished to all prospective bidders. Its -- receipt by the bidder must be acknowledged in the space provided on the Proposal Form or by letter or telegram received before the time set for opening of bids. Oral explanations or instructions given before the award of the contract will not be binding. 2. EXAMINATION OF PROPOSED WORK Bidders should visit the site and take such other steps as may be reasonably necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the work,and the general and local conditions which can affect the work or the cost thereof. Failure to do so will not relieve bidders from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. The owner will assume no responsibility for any understanding or representation concerning conditions made by any of its officers or agents prior to the execution of the contract,unless included in the Notice to Bidders,the Specifications or related documents. 3. PREPARATION OF BIDS a. Bids shall be submitted on the forms furnished,or copies thereof,and must be manually signed. If erasures or other changes appear on the forms, each erasure or change must be initialed by the person signing the bid. The bidder has the option to submit a computer-generated spreadsheet in lieu of the portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal, which includes the Bid Item Number, Description, Unit, Estimated Quantity, Unit Bid Price, Total Bid Price, and Total Bid. The computer-generated spreadsheet shall include all of the information listed in that portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal as well as bear the signature of the Prime Contractor submitting the bid. For the bidders who submit a computer-generated spread- sheet, the TOTAL BID (with alternates, if applicable) shall also be indicated in the space(s)provided on the Form of Bid or Proposal. b. The Bid Form may provide for submission of a price or prices for one or more items, which may be lump sum bids, alternate prices, schedule items resulting in a bid on a unit of construction or a combination thereof, etc. When the Bid Form explicitly requires that the bidder bid on all items, failure to do so will disqualify the bid. When submission of a price on all items is not required, bidders should insert the words "no bid" in the space provided for any item on which no price is submitted. c. Unless called for,alternate bids will not be considered. d. Modifications of bids already submitted will be considered if received at the office designated in the Notice to Bidders by the time set for closing of bids. Telegraphic modifications will be considered,but should not reveal the amount of the original or revised bid. e. In preparing his bid,the bidder shall specify the price,written legibly in ink or with the typewriter, at which he proposes to do each item of work. The unit price shall be stated in figures in the blank space provided (i.e., $7.14). In items where unit price is required, the total amount of each item shall be computed at the unit prices bid for the quantities given on the Bid Form and stated in figures in the blank space provided. maim INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.847 IIB-1 of 9 60279867 If the bidder chooses to submit the unit prices, total bid price, and total bid on a computer- generated spreadsheet,all numbers shall be easily legible. f. Any changes or alterations made in the Bid Form,or any addition thereto,may cause the rejection of the bid. No bid will be considered which contains a clause in which the contractor reserves the right to accept or reject a contract awarded him by the city Council of Waterloo. Bids in which the unit prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. g. If the bidder does not qualify as a resident bidder, the nonresident bidder shall specify on the "Non-Resident Bidder Certification" form whether any preference to resident bidders, including but not limited to any preference to bidders, the imposition of any type of labor force preference, or any other form of preferential treatment to bidders or laborers from that state or foreign country is in effect in the nonresident bidder's state or country of domicile at the time of a bid submittal. 4. SUBMISSION OF BIDS a. A bid must be sealed in a separate envelope and marked to indicate its contents and be accompanied by the bid security in a separate envelope. If forwarded by mail,the two envelopes shall be placed in a third and mailed to the City Clerk/Auditor. All bids must be filed with the City Clerk/Auditor of the City of Waterloo at his office in the City Hall before the time specified for closing bids. b. Bids received prior to the advertised hour of opening will be securely kept sealed. The officer whose duty it is to open them will decide when the specified time has arrived, and no bid received thereafter will be considered; except that when a bid arrives by mail after the time fixed for opening,but before the reading of all other bids is completed,and it is shown to the satisfaction of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, that the non-arrival on time was due solely to delay in the mails for which the bidder was not responsible,such bid will be received and considered. c. Bidders are cautioned that, while telegraphic modifications of bids may be received as provided above, such modifications, if not explicit and if in any sense subject to misinterpretation, shall made the bid so modified or amended,subject to rejection. 5. LATE BIDS AND MODIFICATIONS OR WITHDRAWALS Bids and modifications or withdrawals thereof received at the office designated in the Notice to Bidders after the exact time set for closing of bids will not be considered. However, a modification which is received from an otherwise successful bidder, and which makes the terms of the bid more favorable to the City of Waterloo,will be considered at any time it is received and may therefore be accepted. Bids may be withdrawn by written or telegraphic request received from bidders prior to the time set for closing of bids. _ 6. PUBLIC OPENING OF BIDS Bids will be publicly opened at that time and place set for opening in the Notice to Bidders. Their content will be made public for the information of bidders and others interested who may be present either in person or by representative. 7. BID SECURITY REOUIRED All bids must be accompanied in a separate envelope by a certified or cashier's check drawn on an Iowa bank,or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States,a certified share draft drawn on a credit union in Iowa or chartered under the laws of the United States, or bid bond (on the form furnished by the City) payable to the City of Waterloo, Iowa, in the sum of not less than five percent(5%) of the bid submitted, which certified check, certified share draft or bid bond will be held as security that the Bidder will enter _ into a Contract for the construction of the work and will furnish the required bonds, and in case the successful Bidder shall fail or refuse to enter into the Contract and furnish the required bond, his bid INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.847 IIB-2 of 9 60279867 security may be retained by said City as agreed upon liquidated damages. If bid bond is used, it must be signed by both the bidder and the surety or surety's agent. Signature of surety's agent must be supported by accompanying Power of Attorney. 8. COLLUSIVE AGREEMENTS a. Each bidder submitting a bid shall execute and include with the bid, a Non-Collusion Affidavit in the form herein provided, to the effect that he as not colluded with any other person, firm, or corporation in regard to any bid submitted. b. Each bidder submitting a bid shall have each proposed subcontractor,if any,execute and submit to the City Contract Compliance Officer by 5:00 P.M.the business day following the day bids on this project are due,a Non-Collusion Affidavit in the form herein provided,to the effect that he has not colluded with any other person, firm, or corporation in regard to any bid submitted. Before executing any subcontract, the successful bidder shall submit the name of any proposed subcontractor for approval by the City. 9. MINORITY AND/OR WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SUBCONTRACTORS a. CITY OF WATERLOO AND/OR WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PRE-BID CONTACT INFORMATION FORM The City of Waterloo Minority and/or Women Business Enterprise Pre-Bid Contact Information Form shall be submitted with the Form of Bid or Proposal. Failure to do so shall be grounds for the bid being rejected if subcontracting is proposed by the prime contractor. 10. MBE/WBE CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM PURPOSE The purpose of the Contract Compliance Program (hereinafter called Program) is to act as an impetus for increasing the participation of minority and women disadvantaged business enterprise (MBE/WBE)in City awarded construction contracts. The Program does not propose to eliminate any bonafide contractor or subcontractor from bidding on City contracts,but it will hopefully serve as a needed stimulus to help local MBE/WBE's grow —. and eventually become mainstream contractors and subcontractors. This Contract Compliance Program does not propose to include any set-aside or quotas, but only flexible goals where "good-faith efforts" are required by the contractor to use MBE/WBE subcontractors. This Program shall not eliminate the need for contractors to continue their"good-faith efforts" in _.. using MBE/WBE subcontractors on City contracts estimated at less than$50,000. The City of Waterloo will make every effort to reduce in-house construction and maintenance work that would be more cost effectively performed by the private sector and, thus, would allow additional bidding opportunities for MBE/WBE firms. The City Contract Compliance Officer shall be advised of all City of Waterloo awarded construction contracts. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.847 IIB-3 of 9 60279867 DEFINITIONS _ Goals: A flexible numerically expressed objective which contractors are required to make "good-faith efforts." The key to the requirement is to make documented efforts. Goals are neither set-a-sides nor a device to achieve proportional representation or equal results. Numerical goals do not create set-a-sides for specific groups, nor are they designed to achieve proportional representation or equal results. Rather,the goal-setting process in affirmative action planning is used to target and measure the effectiveness of affirmative action efforts to eradicate and prevent discrimination. Quota: A flat numerical requirement that the contractor is required to meet in order to obtain the benefit or be in compliance. The numerical goal component of affirmative action programs is not designed to be, nor may it properly or lawfully be interpreted as,permitting unlawful preferential treatment and quotas with respect to persons of any race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The regulations at 41 CFR 60-2.12(a), 60-2.15 and 60-2.30, specifically prohibit discrimination and the use of goals as quotas. (U.S.Department of Labor) Set-Aside: An arrangement in which a particular contract is reserved for competition solely among minority and women business enterprises. Contractor: As used in this document means contractor, subcontractor, supplier, vendor, and professional service provider. Minority Business Enterprise(MBE) Any business, which is at least 51%, owned by one or more minorities and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals and is on the current State Unified Certification List, or were listed on the City of Waterloo Certified MBE/WBE Contractors list as of July 1,2002 Women Business Enterprise(WBE): Any business which is at least 51% owned by one or more women and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals and is on the current State Unified Certification List, or were listed on the City of Waterloo Certified MBE/WBE Contractors list as of July 1,2002 Minority: _ Any person or persons who are considered as socially and economically disadvantaged because of their identity as a group member without regard to their individual qualities. The groups include: Black American, Hispanic American, Native Americans, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Asian-Pacific Americans. 13 C.F.R. 124-1.1(c)(3)(ii)(1983). —` Lowest Responsible Bidder: Bidder who has offered the lowest bid and who has exhibited skill relative to the type of work bid on, judgment, financial responsibility, and evidence of working with the Affirmative Action Employment Program and the Contract Compliance Program. Broker: One buying or selling for others on commission or other fee basis without maintaining a warehouse or other similar inventory storage facility. Mayor's Advisory Committee: Mayor's Advisory Committee for Minority,Female,and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.847 IIB-4 of 9 60279867 Good Faith Efforts: The successful bidder shall be selected on the basis of having submitted the lowest responsible bid. The obligation of the bidder is to make good faith efforts. The bidder can demonstrate that it has done so by the following: 1. The Prime Contractor met the project goal-No Action necessary 2. If the Prime Contractor failed to meet the goal,they must submit documentation of good faith efforts. CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM SUBCONTRACTING The program proposes numerical projections or goals regarding utilization of Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women Business Enterprise (WBE) as subcontractors in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Waterloo,Iowa. A goal of at least 10% for MBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are estimated at $50,000 or more and projects under $50,000 where applicable at the Contract Compliance Officer's discretion. There is at least 2% WBE goal on City funded projects. Any project which is funded solely or in part with Federal funds shall follow the respective agencies contract compliance program and goals. Any project which is funded solely or in part with State -- funds shall follow the respective agencies contract compliance program and goals. The City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Program is for City awarded construction contracts only. The prime contractor shall make "good-faith efforts" to meet the Contract Compliance MBE/WBE goals. The MBE/WBE subcontracts must provide the prime contractor a reasonably competitive price for the service being rendered or the contractor is not required to accept the bid. Administrative Reconsideration: As part of this reconsideration, the bidder will have the opportunity to provide written documentation or arguments concerning the issue of whether they made adequate good faith efforts to meet the goals. The bidder will have the opportunity to meet in person with the City of — Waterloo's Administrative Reconsideration Committee to discuss the issue of whether they made adequate good faith efforts.The Administrative Reconsideration Committee will forward a written decision on reconsideration to the Mayor and City Council, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not meet the goal or make adequate good faith efforts to do so. Documentation required will include but is not limited to the following: * Making portions of the work available for MBE/WBE subcontracting * Evidence of negotiating with MBE/WBE firms * MBE/WBE quotes obtained and non-MBE/WBE quotes used * Reasons agreements were not reached * Follow-up after initial solicitations * Efforts to assist in obtaining equipment, supplies and materials (at competitive prices), bonding,lines of credit,insurance,etc. * Evidence of past compliance or non-compliance by same contractor The Contract Compliance Officer will determine the weight to be given to each item listed above (supported by appropriate documentation)based on overall program goals. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.847 IIB-5 of 9 60279867 RESPONSIBILITIES ._ 1. City of Waterloo A. The City Contract Compliance Officer has the responsibility to assure the City's — compliance with Federal, State and Municipal regulations. B. The City Contract Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining a current directory of certified firms. Certification of MBE/WBE/DBE contractors is through the Iowa _ Department of Transportation and its Unified Certification Program. Only firms certified based on guidelines prescribed in 49 CFR Part 26 and provisions of this agreement, shall be recognized as certified by the City of Waterloo. C. The City Contract Compliance Officer is responsible for making available a list of future project information notices to MBE/WBE firms. D. The City Contract Compliance Officer shall send notices to appropriate MBE/WBE firms in the directory of each bid solicitation with opening date. E. The City Contract Compliance Officer will receive MBE/WBE Letter(s) of Intent to Bid and within two (2) business days forward the complete list of MBE/WBE bidders who submitted a Letter of Intent to Bid to prime contractors. II. Prime Contractors In order to be in compliance with the guidelines of this program, the prime contractor must show good-faith efforts in following the MBE/WBE Contract Compliance Program. Good-faith efforts include,but are not limited to,the following: A. Prime contractors shall send solicitation letters(Form CCO-3)to appropriate MBE/WBE (those certified in directory prepared by City Contract Compliance Officer)at least seven (7) working days prior to bid date. Letters should identify specific items to be subcontracted. A minimum of three (3) disadvantaged business contacts must be made and documented, if there are at least three disadvantaged businesses offering services in — the area to be subcontracted(See City of Waterloo MBE/WBE Certification List). If less than three (3) are offering the services to be subcontracted, then a contact is required for any that are listed as providing that service. If the Prime Contractor submits a MBE/WBE .� contact not on the City's MBE/WBE list, attach a copy of the MBE/WBE/DBE Certifications from another government agency. B. If a prime contract bidder is unable to identify MBE/WBE firms to perform portions of -" the work, the City Contract Compliance Officer should be contacted for assistance immediately. C. Prime contract bidders may solicit MBE/WBE proposals by telephone or personal interviews,but all such contacts shall be confirmed by Certified Mail, or subcontract bid request forms(Form CCO-2). D. If any MBE/WBE business submitting bids is not selected for subcontract award, documentation must accompany the "MBE/WBE Business Enterprise Pre-Bid Contact Information Form" (Form CCO-4 and CCO-4A) on why the MBE/WBE was not selected.These reasons could include: a. Not low bid.Copies of the competing bids may be required for verification. b. MBE/WBE did not bid,withdrew bid or non-responsive. c. Documentation of other business-related reason for not selecting the MBE/WBE business for a subcontract. d. Prime contractor self performs work. _ e. Any other reason relied on by prime. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.847 IIB-6 of 9 60279867 The Contract Compliance Officer will determine the weight to be given to each item listed above (supported by appropriate documentation)based on overall program goals. Hi MBE/WBE Firms A. MBE/WBE firms shall be certified by the Iowa Department of Transportation as owners and controllers of their respective businesses, or were listed on the City of Waterloo Certified MBE/WBE Contractors list as of July 1,2002. B. MBE/WBE firms must perform the work on the project; they cannot act as a broker by subcontracting the work out to others. C. Each MBE/WBE firm planning to submit quotes on construction projects with goals, shall submit a Letter of Intent to Bid (Form CCO-5) to the City Contract Compliance Officer seven (7) working days prior to bid opening, listing specific items which the MBE/WBE firm is interested in bidding. If sufficient Letters of Intent to Bid are not received by the City Contract Compliance Officer seven (7) working days prior to bid opening, goals on subject project will be reduced accordingly. Agreements between the bidder/proposer and a MBE/WBE in which the MBE/WBE promises not to provide subcontracting quotations to other bidders/proposers are prohibited. NON-COMPLIANCE OF CONTRACTORS -- A. Noncompliance exists when the contractor's actions are not consistent with the requirements of the Contract Compliance Program in the areas of employment and subcontracting. B. A bidder's failure to show good-faith efforts to meet project goals or a failure to use certified MBE/WBE firms may be grounds for finding its bid not responsible. C. The Contract Compliance Officer shall submit to City Council his/her recommendation on any non-compliant contract in writing. NOTICE TO PROCEED Notice to proceed on any project with goals will not be issued until City Contract Compliance Officer determines the lowest responsible bidder has used good-faith efforts to comply with this Compliance Program and the bid was responsive. CONCLUSION This program repeals or revises all sections of previous Waterloo Contract Compliance Programs. 11. EMPLOYMENT AND BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY To the greatest extent feasible, suppliers, subcontractors, and low income workers owning businesses or living in the Waterloo area must be given priority in supplying materials, bidding for subcontract work, or applying for employment by the contractor on this project. Opportunities for training and for employment arising in connection with this project, shall to the greatest extent feasible be made available to lower income persons residing in the project area. The contract area is the City of Waterloo. The City of Waterloo will require the contractor to document his efforts in securing lower income workers living in the project area and in purchasing supplies from,and awarding subcontracts to,businesses owned by persons residing in the project area. .. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.847 IIB-7 of 9 60279867 12. STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS Each bidder shall, upon request of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, submit on the form furnished for that purpose (a copy of which is included in the contract documents), a statement of bidder's qualifications,his experience record in constructing the type of improvements embraced, and his organization and equipment — available for the work contemplated; and,when specifically requested, a detailed financial statement. The City of Waterloo,Iowa,shall have the right to take such steps as it deems necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform his obligations under the contract, and the bidder shall furnish the City of Waterloo, Iowa, all such information and data for this purpose as it may request. The right is reserved to reject any bid where an investigation of the available evidence or information does not satisfy the City of Waterloo,Iowa,that the bidder is qualified to carry out properly the terms of the contract. 13. AWARD OF CONTRACT a. Award of contract will be made to that responsive and responsible bidder whose bid, conforming to the Specifications, is most advantageous to the City of Waterloo; price and other factors considered. The intention is to award the contract at any time of opening bids, but the right is reserved to postpone such action for a reasonable time,not exceeding thirty(30)days. b. The City Council may, when in its interest,reject any or all bids or waive any informality in bids received. c. The bidder shall submit bids on all the items listed in the proposal and shall state the unit bid price in words in the blank spaces provided beneath the item description. Should there be any discrepancy between the unit bid price in words and listed numeral unit bid price, the City of Waterloo shall consider the unit bid price in words as being the valid unit bid price. A computer- — generated spreadsheet as herein provided shall also be acceptable. Proposals requiring mathematical computations to determine unit prices or totals will be rejected. A contract will be awarded to the qualified bidder submitting the lowest total bid as indicated in the NOTICE TO BIDDERS. d. When a contract for a public improvement is to be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, a resident bidder shall be allowed a preference as against a nonresident bidder — from a state or foreign country if that state or foreign country gives or requires any preference to bidders from that state or foreign country, including but not limited to any preference to bidders, the imposition of any type of labor force preference,or any other form of preferential treatment to bidders or laborers from that state or foreign country. The preference allowed shall be equal to the —' preference given or required by the state or foreign country in which the nonresident bidder is a resident. In the instance of a resident labor force preference, a nonresident bidder shall apply the same resident labor force preference to a public improvement in this state as would be required in the construction of a public improvement by the state or foreign country in which the nonresident bidder is a resident. 14. EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT,BONDS,AND CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE a. Subsequent to the award and within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented for signature, the successful bidder shall execute and deliver to the City of Waterloo, Iowa, an agreement in the form included in the contract documents in such number of copies as the City of Waterloo,Iowa,may require. b. Having satisfied all conditions of award as set forth elsewhere in these documents, the successful — bidder shall, within the period specified in paragraph "a" above, furnish a surety bond and a payment bond in a penal sum not less than the amount of the contract as awarded, as security for the faithful performance of the contract and terms and conditions therein contained and shall _ guarantee the prompt payment of all persons, firms, or corporations to whom the contractor may become legally indebted for labor,materials,tools, equipment, or services of any nature including INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.847 IIB-8 of 9 60279867 utility and transportation services, employed or used by him in performing the work. The bonds shall protect and save harmless the City from claims and damages of any kind caused by the -' operations of the contractor and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the contract improvements for the period stated in the Notice of Hearing from and after completion of said improvements and their acceptance by the City. Such bonds shall be in the same form as that included in the contract documents and shall bear the same date as,or a date subsequent to that of the agreement. The current Power of Attorney for the person who signs for any surety company shall be attached to such bonds. c. The successful bidder shall, within the period specified in paragraph "a" above, furnish a certificate of insurance for approval in amounts of not less than the amounts specified in the General Specifications for Construction, Section F. No. 4 "Liability Insurance," Pages 14 to 15 of 19 Pages. The certificate of insurance shall be furnished in such number of copies as the City of Waterloo may require. The City of Waterloo shall be named as an "Additional Insured." The contractor shall similarly submit his subcontractor's certificates of insurance in the amounts for approval before each commences work. The contractor shall carry or require that there be Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all his employees and those of his subcontractors engaged in work at the site,in accordance with State Workmen's Compensation Laws. d. The failure of the successful bidder to execute such agreement and to supply the required bond or bonds within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented for signature, or within such extended period as the City of Waterloo, Iowa, may grant, based upon reasons determined sufficient by the City of Waterloo, Iowa, may either award the contract to the next lowest bidder — or re-advertise for bids, and may charge against the bidder the difference between the amount of the bid an the amount for which a contract for the work is subsequently executed, irrespective of whether the amount thus due exceeds the amount of the bid guaranty. If a more favorable bid is received by re-advertising, the defaulting bidder shall have no claim against the City of Waterloo, Iowa,for a refund. 15. RESIDENT BIDDER/NON-RESIDENT BIDDER PREFERENCE Attention of bidders is called to compliance with the provisions of the Resident Bidder/Non-Resident Bidder requirement. Each bidder submitting a bid shall execute and include with the bid, a Resident Bidder Certification or a Non-Resident Bidder Certification in the form(s)herein provided. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.847 IIB-9 of 9 60279867 FORM OF BID OR PROPOSAL LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN CONTRACT NO.847 -- CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA Honorable Mayor and City Council Waterloo,Iowa Gentlemen: 1. The undersigned,being a Corporation existing under the laws of the State of , a Partnership consisting of the following partners: , having familiarized (himself) (themselves) (itself) with the existing conditions on the project area affecting the cost of the work, and with all the contract documents listed in the Table of Contents and Addenda (if any), as prepared by AECOM now on file in the office of the City Clerk, City Hall,Waterloo, Iowa,hereby proposes to furnish all supervision, technical personnel, labor, materials, machinery, tools, appurtenances, equipment, and services, including utility and transportation services required to construct and complete this LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN, Contract No. 847, all in accordance with the above-listed documents and for the unit prices for work in place for the following items and quantities: LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN CONTRACT NO.847 BID UNIT BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT EST.QTY. PRICE TOTAL BID PRICE Submersible Lift Station,Including Wet Well,Valve 1 Vault,Metering Manhole and Air Release Manhole LS 1.0 $ $ Complete 2 Air Release Manhole EA 1.0 $ $ 3 Existing Lift Station Removal LS 1.0 $ $ 4 Sanitary Sewer Gravity Main,Trenched,PVC Truss, LF 1,674.0 $ $ 8-Inch 5 Sanitary Sewer Gravity Main,Trenched,PVC Truss, LF 64.0 $ $ 12-Inch 6 Sanitary Sewer Gravity Main,PVC Truss, 12-Inch,In LF 140.0 $ $ Steel Casing Pipe 7 Manhole,Sanitary Sewer,SW-301,48-Inch EA 7.0$ $ 8 Manhole, Sanitary Sewer,SW-301,72-Inch EA 1.0 $ $ 9 Sanitary Sewer Force Main,Trenched,Polyvinyl LF 2,833.0 $ $ Chloride Pipe(PVC),6-Inch 10 Sanitary Sewer Force Main,Trenchless,Polyvinyl _ Chloride Pipe(PVC),Restrained Joint,6-Inch LF 129.0 $ $ 11 Sanitary Sewer Plug EA 3.0$ $ -- 12 Butterfly Valve and Box, 12-Inch EA 1.0 $ $ ... FORM OF BID CONTRACT NO.847 BF-1 of 3 60279867 BID EST. UNIT BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT Q3,000.0 PRICE TOTAL BID PRICE 13 Gate Valve and Box,6-Inch EA 1.0 $ $ 14 9-Inch Crushed Stone Surfacing SY 600.0 $ $ 15 Modified Subbase CY 20.0 $ $ 16 PCC Pavement Removal SY 105.0 $ $ 17 8-Inch PCC Standard or Slipform Pavement SY 105.0$ $ 18 Clearing and Grubbing,Including Fence Removal and LS 1.0 $ $ Site Preparation 19 On-Site Topsoil CY 3,300.0 $ $ 20 Borrow Excavation CY 185.0$ $ -- 21 Chain-Link Fence,6-Foot,With 3-Strand Barbed LF 209.0$ $ Wire,Including 16-Foot Double Swing Gate 22 Seeding,Fertilizing and Mulching for Hydraulic AC 3.7 $ $ Seeding 23 Wattle,20-Inch Diameter LF 250.0 $ $ 24 Wattle Removal LF 250.0 $ $ 25 Traffic Control LS 1.0$ $ TOTAL BID $ _ 2. It is understood that the quantities set forth are approximate only and subject to variation and that the unit bid price for the work done shall govern in the actual payment to Contractor. "- 3. In submitting this bid,the bidder understands that the right is reserved by the City of Waterloo,Iowa,to reject any or all bids. If written notice of the acceptance of this bid is mailed, telegraphed, or delivered to the undersigned within thirty (30) days after the opening thereof, or at any time thereafter before this bid is withdrawn,the undersigned agrees to execute and deliver an agreement in the prescribed form and furnish the required bond and certificate of the insurance within ten(10) days after the agreement is presented to him for signature,and start work within ten(10)days after"Notice to Proceed" is issued. 4. Security in the sum of Dollars($_ in the form of ,is submitted herewith in accordance with the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. 5. Attached hereto is a Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Contractor. 6. Attached hereto is a Resident Bidder Certification ( ), or Non-Resident Bidder Certification ( ). (Mark one.) 7. The bidder is prepared to submit a financial and experience statement upon request. FORM OF BID CONTRACT NO.847 BF-2 of 3 60279867 8. The Prime Contractor and Subcontractor(s),which have performed an aggregate of$10,000.00 in work for the City in the current calendar year,are prepared to submit an AAP or Update and an EOC, within ten(10)days of notification that the bid submitted is lowest and acceptable. 9. The bidder has received the following Addendum or Addenda: Addendum No. Date 10. The bidder shall list the MBE/WBE subcontractor(s), amount of subcontracts and bid items on the City of Waterloo Minority and/or Women Business Pre-bid Contact Information Form submitted with this Form of Bid or Proposal. The apparent low Bidder shall submit a list of all other Subcontractor(s) to be used on this Project to the City of Waterloo by 5:00 p.m. the business day following the day Bids on this Project are due along with the Non-Collusion Affidavits of All Subcontractor(s). The Contractor shall submit information on subcontractors on "SUBCONTRACTOR REQUEST AND APPROVAL"Form to be provided by City prior to approval of contract. The subcontractors listed on this proposal and/or submitted to the Contract Compliance Officer cannot be changed except for the following reasons: 1) The City of Waterloo does not approve the subcontractors. 2) The subcontractors submit in writing that they cannot fulfill their subcontracts. 11. The bidder has filled in all blanks on this proposal. Those blanks not applicable are marked"none"or"NA". 12. The bidder has attached all applicable forms. 13. The Owner reserves the right to select alternates, delete line items, and/or to reduce quantities prior to the award of a contract due to budgetary limitations. (Name of Bidder) (Date) BY: Title Official Address: (Including Zip Code): I.R.S.No. FORM OF BID CONTRACT NO.847 BF-3 of 3 60279867 CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA r WATERLOO ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 715 Mulberry St. • Waterloo, IA 50703 • (319) 291-4312 Fax(319) 291-4262 01100 ERIC THORSON,P E • City Engineer Mayor INFORMATION NEEDED ERNEST G. CLARK FOR IOWA CONSTRUCTION SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE COUNCIL MEMBERS CONTRACTOR NAME: DAVID JONES ADDRESS: Ward I CAROLYN COLE Ward 2 HAROLD (Check One) PRIME: SUBCONTRACTOR: GETTY Ward 3 QUENTIN FEDERAL ID#: HART Ward 4 RON PROJECT NAME: WELPER Ward 5 BOB DESCRIPTION OF WORK: GREENWOOD At-Large O Brickwork 0 Landscaping STEVEN SCHMITT ❑ Carpentry 0 Painting At-Large ❑ Concrete 0 Paving O Drywall-Plaster-Insulation 0 Plumbing O Electrical 0 Roofing-Siding-Sheet Metal ❑ Excavation/Grading 0 Windows O Flooring 0 Wrecking-Demolition ❑ Heavy Construction 0 Other (Please Specify) O Heating-Ventilating-Air Cond. ❑ WE'RE WORKING FOR YOU! An Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer SATES TAX EXEMPTION CONTRACT NO.847 STE-1 of 1 60279867 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we, as Principal,and as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF WATERLOO ,Iowa, hereinafter called"OWNER,"in the penal sum Dollars($ )lawful money of the United States,for the payment of which sum will and truly be made,we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid dated the day of ,2013,for NOW,THEREFORE, (a)If said Bid shall be rejected,or in the alternate, (b)If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form specified and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, Then this obligation shall be void,otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall,in no event,exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in liquidation of damages sustained in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide the bond as provided in the specifications or by law. The Surety, for value received,hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid or execute such contract;and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety,have hereunto set their hands and seals,and such of them as are corporations, have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers this day of ,A.D. 2013. (Seal) Principal By (Title) (Seal) Witness Surety By Witness Attorney-in-fact BID BOND CONTRACT NO.847 BB-1 of 1 60279867 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER State of ) )ss County of ) ,being first duly sworn,deposes and says that: 1. He is (Owner,Partner,Officer,Representative,or Agent) ,of ,the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid; 2. He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such Bid; 3. Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid; 4. Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant,has in any way colluded,conspired,connived or agreed,directly or indirectly, with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached Bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached Bid or of any other Bidder, or, to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the bid price or the bid price of any other Bidder, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance, or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Waterloo,Iowa,or any person interested in the Proposed Contract;and 5. The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy,connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents,representatives, owners,employees,or parties in interest,including this affiant. (Signed) Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ,2013. Title My commission expires NON-COLLUSION CONTRACT NO.847 NCA-I of 2 60279867 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR State of ) )ss County of ) _ ,being first duly sworn,deposes and says that: 1. He is (Owner,Partner,Officer,Representative,or Agent) ,of hereinafter referred to as the"Subcontractor;" 2. He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the subcontractor's proposal submitted by the subcontractor to contract pertaining to the -- project in • (City or County and State) 3. Such subcontractor's proposal is genuine and is not a collusive or sham proposal; 4. Neither the subcontractor nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees, or parties in interest,including this affiant,has in any way colluded,conspired,connived,or agreed,directly or indirectly, with any other bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham proposal in connection with such contract or to refrain from submitting a proposal in connection with such contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by unlawful agreement or connivance with any other bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in said subcontractor's proposal, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the price of prices in said subcontractor's proposal, or to secure through collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Waterloo, Iowa, or any person interested in the proposed contract;and 5. The price or prices quoted in the subcontractor's proposal are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the bidder or any of its agents, representatives,owners,employees,or parties in interest,including this affiant. (Signed) Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ,2013. Title My commission expires NON-COLLUSION CONTRACT NO.847 NCA-2 of 2 60279867 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE (As provided in Executive Order No. 11246) All contractors, subcontractors, vendors and suppliers of goods and services doing business with the City and value of said business equals or exceeds ten thousand dollars($10,000.00) annually agree as follows: 1. The contractors, subcontractor,vendor and supplier of goods and services will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, sex, national origin, economic status, age, mental or physical handicap, political opinions or affiliations. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier will develop an Affirmative Action program to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, economic status, age,mental or physical disability, political opinions or affiliations. Such actions shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Employment b. Upgrading c. Demotion or Transfer d. Recruitment and Advertising e. Layoff or Termination f. Rates of Pay or Other Forms of Compensation g. Selection for Training Including Apprenticeship 2. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, economic status, age, mental or physical disabilities,political opinion or affiliations. 3. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier or his/her collective bargaining representative will send to each labor union or representative of workers which he/she has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising said labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitment under this section. 4. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will comply with all published rules, regulations, directives, and order of the City of Waterloo Affirmative Action Program Contract Compliance Provisions. 5. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will furnish and file compliance reports within such time and upon such forms as provided by the Affirmative Action Officer. Said forms will elicit information as to the policies,procedures,patterns, and practices of each subcontractor as well as the contractor himself/herself and said contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier will permit access to his/her employment books,records and accounts to the City's Affirmative Action Officer,for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with this contract and with rules and regulations of the City's Affirmative Action Program--Contract Compliance Provisions relative to Resolution No. 24664. 6. In the event of the contractor's non-compliance with the non-discrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations and orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts in accordance with procedures authorized by the City Council. — EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CONTRACT NO.847 60279867 EOC-1 of 2 7. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will include, or incorporate by reference, the provisions of the non-discrimination clause in every contract, subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by the rules, regulations or orders of the City's Affirmative Action Program, and will provide in every subcontract, or purchase order that said provisions will be binding upon each contractor, subcontractor,or supplier. 8. We, the undersigned, recognize that we are morally and legally committed to non-discrimination in employment. Any person who applies for employment with our company will not be discriminated against because of race,creed,color,sex,national origin,economic status,age,mental or physical disabilities. (Signed) (Appropriate Official) (Title) (Date) EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CONTRACT NO.847 EOC-2 of 2 60279867 RESIDENT/NON-RESIDENT BIDDER RESIDENT BIDDER: In accordance with Section 73A.21 of the Iowa Code, all non-federal-aid public improvement projects, which include road construction,shall be performed by a qualified resident bidder. The resident bidder has been further defined as follows: Resident Bidder: A person or entity authorized to transact business in this state and having a business for at least three years prior to the date of the first advertisement for the public improvement. If another state or foreign country has a more stringent definition of a resident bidder, the more stringent definition is applicable as to bidders from that state or foreign country. The contractor shall provide the City with a certification that he is a qualified resident bidder according to the above definition. The Certification shall be submitted with the contractor's bid. A copy of the form of "Resident Bidder _ Certification" is included in the Contract Documents. If it is determined that the contractor does not meet this qualification after he begins work, a shutdown notice shall be issued and the voiding of the contract shall begin unless the contractor becomes qualified. NON-RESIDENT BIDDER: The contractor shall provide the City with a certification that he is a non-resident bidder according to the above definition. The Certification shall be submitted with the contractor's bid. A copy of the form of"Non-Resident Bidder Certification" is included in the Contract Documents. DJG 01/02/12 Resident Bidder Contract No.847 RB-1 of 3 60279867 RESIDENT BIDDER CERTIFICATION CONTRACT NO: PROJECT NAME: DATE OF LETTING: To be a qualified resident bidder,the bidder shall be a person or entity authorized to transact business in this state and having a business for at least three years prior to the date of the first advertisement for the public improvement. If another state or foreign country has a more stringent definition of a resident bidder,the more stringent definition is applicable as to bidders from that state or foreign country. This qualification as resident bidder shall be maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors at the work site until this project is completed. _. I hereby certify that I am a resident bidder as defined above. COMPANY NAME CORPORATE OFFICER TITLE DATE Resident Bidder Contract No.847 RB-2 of 3 60279867 NON-RESIDENT BIDDER CERTIFICATION CONTRACT NO.: PROJECT NAME: DATE OF LETTING: I hereby certify that I am an Iowa non-resident bidder. COMPANY NAME: CORPORATE OFFICER: TITLE: DATE: — STATE/COUNTRY OF RESIDENCY: Stated below are the preference(s)to resident bidders in the state/country of .• (Preference to bidders,labor force,or other preferential treatment to bidders or laborers,etc. Resident Bidder Contract No.847 RB-3 of 3 60279867 Revised February 2003 CONTRACTOR'S OR SUBCONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM Check box that applies to party completing program: ( ) General Contractor ( ) Subcontractor I. Section A to be completed by GENERAL CONTRACTORS only: A. Name of Company Address of Company Zip Telephone Number( ) -- Federal ID Number(if no Federal ID Number,Owner/President's Social Security Number) Name of Equal Employment Officer Name of Project Project Contract Number Estimated Construction Work Dates I Section B to be completed by SUBCONTRACTORS only: B. Name of General or Prime Contractor Name of Subcontractor Subcontractor's Address Zip Subcontractor's Telephone Number( Subcontractor's Federal ID Number(if no Federal ID Number Owner/President's Social Security Number)_ Name of Equal Employment Officer -1 - C. Remainder of program to be completed by party completing program,either Prime or Subcontractor. 1. The Owners and/or Principals of your company: Ethnic Name Address Position Sex Origin 2. Other Areas of Interest: If your company has branches or subsidiaries, or if your company is a branch or subsidiary of a parent organization,give the following information: Type of Name Address Affiliation Degree II. EMPLOYER'S POLICY(Please read carefully.) A. We,the undersigned,recognize that we are morally and legally committed to nondiscrimination in employment. Any person who applies for employment with our company will not be discriminated against because of race, color, creed,sex,national origin,economic status,age,mental or physical handicap. _ B. The employment policies and practices of the undersigned are to recruit and hire employees without discrimination, and to treat them equally with respect to compensation and opportunities for advancement, including training,upgrading,promotion, and transfer. However,we realize the inequities associated with employment training, upgrading, contracting and subcontracting for minorities and women and we will direct our efforts to correcting any deficiencies to the maximum extent possible. The same will be required of our SUBCONTRACTORS and suppliers. C. We submit this program to assure compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended,and other subsequent orders that may pertain to equal employment opportunity and merit employment policies, fully realizing that our qualification and/or merit system should be evaluated and revised, if necessary. D. We agree to put forth the maximum effort to achieve full employment and utilization of capabilities and productivity of all our citizens without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national origin,economic status,age,and mental or physical handicap. E. will give training (Name of Company) and employment opportunities to local residents of Waterloo,Iowa,to the greatest extent feasible. -2- III. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION A. recognizes that the (Name of Company) effective application of a policy of merit employment involves more than just a policy statement, and (Name of Company) will, therefore, re-evaluate our Affirmative Action Program to ensure that equal employment opportunities are available on the basis of individual merit, and to actively encourage minorities, women and local residents to seek employment with our company on this basis. B. will undertake the (Name of Company) following six(6)steps to improve our Affirmative Action Program: 1. Minority Recruitment and Employment; 2. Local Recruitment and Employment; 3. Disabled Veteran and Vietnam Era Veteran Recruitment and Employment; 4. Handicapped Recruitment and Employment; 5. Female Recruitment and Employment;and 6. Training,Upgrading and Promotional Opportunities. C. will take (Name of Company) whatever steps are necessary to ensure that our total work force has adequate minority,female,and local representation. We will utilize the following methods in our recruitment attempts: 1. Local advertising media(newspapers,radio,TV); 2. Community organizations(churches,clubs,schools); 3. Public and private institutions in the area(UNI,Hawkeye Community College); 4. Job Service of Iowa;and 5. Other. D. will seek qualified minority, (Name of Company) female, and local group applicants for all job categories and will make asserted efforts to increase minority, female and group representation in occupations at the higher levels or skill and responsibility. E. All sources of employment used shall be aware that we are an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer. Labor organizations representing our employees will be notified of our Equal Employment Opportunity Policy and Affirmative Action Program. F. Training,upgrading,promotion and transfer activities at all levels will be monitored to ensure that full consideration has been given to qualified minority,female,and local group employees. G. will encourage other (Name of Company) companies with whom we are associated and/or do business, to do the same and we will assist them in their efforts. -3- H. has taken the following — (Name of Company) Affirmative Action to ensure that minority, female, local contractors and/or suppliers were provided opportunities to negotiate and/or bid on this project: (if none,write"NONE") — 1. 2. As a result of the above efforts, we have involved minority, female, and local contractors and/or suppliers in the following areas of subcontracting: (if none,write"NONE") 1. 2. ,.. J. will require approved (Name of Company) Affirmative Action Programs from all nonexempt contractors who propose to work on this project and will take whatever steps are necessary to ensure that non-minority contractors have adequate representation of minority,female and local persons in their total work force. _ K. In further accordance with rules and guidelines issued pursuant to Executive Order 11246 as amended, we establish the goals for our company, based on parity percentages supplied by the City,and we realize these goals will be reviewed on an annual basis. — L. will keep records of (Name of Company) specific actions relative to recruitment, employment, training, upgrading and promotion and will provide the City of Waterloo with any information relative to same, including activities of our SUBCONTRACTORS and suppliers as necessary or when requested. M. Parity figures for companies located in Waterloo are as follows: Minority Parity= .08(8%) _ N. Affirmative Action (Name of Company) Employment Goals: — The definition of Affirmative Action Goals is as follows: "Goals may not be rigid and inflexible quotas which must be met, but must be targets, reasonably attainable by means of applying every good faith effort to make all aspects of the entire Affirmative Action Program work." For the year 200_,please submit percentage targets for employing minorities and women. If you already have reached your target for hiring minorities and women,please submit that percentage. — *Goals for Minorities: Goals for Women: *Your affirmative action goals should be between 1%and 10%or more for minorities and 1%and 5%or more for women. -4- Please be advised that the goals or targets are purely your estimation of how many women and minorities your company can reasonably expect to hire in 20 . Note, that none of the goals are rigid or inflexible. They are targets that your company calculates as reasonably attainable. This will help the City in its monitoring procedures as required by City of Waterloo Resolution No. 1984-142(4). -5- CONTRACTOR'S TOTAL WORK FORCE (WATERLOO) HOURLY NAME AND ADDRESS JOB CATEGORY RACE SEX WAGE INDICATE: DISABLED VETERAN: DV VIETNAM ERA VETERAN: VV HANDICAPPED: H -6- We hereby certify that we are in compliance with all City and Federal Affirmative Action Regulations and = agree to accept all liability for failure to comply. Respectfully submitted, By: Company Executive Date By: — Equal Employment Opportunity Officer Date City of Waterloo Affirmative Action Officer Approved Disapproved Reason: By: — Date: -7- DESCRIPTION OF JOB CATEGORIES 1. Officials/Manager: Occupations in which employees set broad policies,exercise overall responsibility for execution of all policies, or direct individual departments or special phases of the agency's operations or provide specialized consultation on a regional, district or area basis. Includes: department heads, bureau chiefs, division chiefs, directors, deputy directors, controllers, examiners, wardens, superintendents, unit supervisors,sheriffs,police and fire chiefs and inspectors and kindred workers. 2. Professionals: Occupations which require specialized and theoretical knowledge which is usually required through college training or thorough work experience and other training which provides comparable knowledge. Includes: personnel and labor relations workers, social workers, doctors, psychologists, registered nurses, economists, dietitians, lawyers, system analysts, accountants, engineers, employment and vocational rehabilitation counselors, teachers or instructors, police and fire captains and lieutenants and kindred workers. 3. Technicians: Occupations which require a combination of basic scientific or technical knowledge and manual skill which can be obtained through specialized post-secondary school education and through — equivalent on-the-job training. Includes: computer programmers and operations, draftsmen, surveyors, licensed practical nurses, photographs, radio operators, technical illustrators, police and fire sergeants and kindred workers. — 4. Office/Clerical: Workers are responsible for internal and external communication, recording and retrieval of data and/or information and other paper work required in an office. Includes: bookkeepers,messengers, office machine operators, clerk-typists, stenographers, court transcribers, hearing reporters, statistical clerks,dispatchers,license distributors,payroll clerks and kindred workers. 5. Skilled Craft Workers: Workers perform jobs which require special manual skill and a thorough and — comprehensive knowledge of the processes involved in the work which is acquired through on-the-job training programs. Includes: Mechanics and repairman,electricians,heavy equipment operators,stationary engineers,skilled machine occupations,carpenters,compositors and typesetters and kindred workers. 6. Sales Workers: Occupations engaging wholly and primarily in direct selling. Includes: advertising agents and salesman, insurance agents and brokers, real estate agents and brokers, stock and bond salesmen, demonstrators,salesmen and sales clerks,grocery clerks and cashier checkers,and kindred workers. — 7. Operatives (semi-skilled): Workers who operate machine or processing equipment or perform other factory-type duties of intermediate skill level which can be mastered in a few weeks and require only limited training. Includes: apprentices (auto mechanics), plumbers, building trades, metal working trades, bricklayers,carpenters, electricians,machinists,mechanics,printing trades,etc.,operatives,attendants(auto service and parking), plasterers, chauffeurs, deliverymen and fumacemen, heaters (metal), laundry and dry cleaning operatives, milliners, mine operatives and laborers, motormen, oilers and greasers, (except auto —' painters), (except construction and maintenance), photographic process workers, stationary fireman, truck and tractor drivers,weavers,(textile),welders and flame cutters and kindred workers. -s- 8. Laborers (unskilled): Workers in manual occupations which generally require no special training. Perform elementary duties that may be learned in few days and require the application of little or no independent judgment. Includes: garage laborers, car washers and greasers, gardeners (except farm) and groundskeepers, longshoremen, and stevedores, lumbermen, raftsmen and woodchoppers, laborers performing lifting,digging,mixing,loading and pulling operations and kindred workers. 9. Apprentices: Persons employed in a program including work training and related instruction to learn a trade or craft which is traditionally an apprenticeship,regardless of whether the program is registered with a Federal or State agency. 10. Trainees (on-the-job): Production, persons in formal training for craftsmen when not trained under apprentice programs--operative laborer,and service occupations. White Collar. . . persons engaged in formal training for clerical, managerial, professional, technical, sales, office and clerical occupations. -9- ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS: The following are items from the LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN, CONTRACT NO.847, project that have a potential for MBE/WBE Participation. This listing, however, is not intended to be all encompassing; to preclude MBE/WBE Contractors from bidding on any items of the Proposal as a Subcontractor or the entire Proposal as a Prime Contractor. BID EST.QTY./ ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT 3 Existing Lift Station Removal 1.0 LS 11 Sanitary Sewer Plug 3.0 EA 16 PCC Pavement Removal 105.0 SY 18 Clearing and Grubbing,Including Fence Removal and Site Preparation 1.0 LS Chain-Link Fence,6-Foot With 3-Strand Barbed Wire,Including 16- 209.0 LF 21 Foot Double Swing Gate 22 Seeding,Fertilizing and Mulching for Hydraulic Seeding 3.7 AC 23 Wattle,20-Inch Diameter 250.0 LF 24 Wattle Removal 250.0 LF 25 Traffic Control 1.0 LS MBE/WBE GOALS FOR THIS PROJECT IMPORTANT: Prime Contract Bidders should be aware that ten percent(10%)MBE goal and two percent(2%)WBE goal is attached to this project. "Certified Return Receipt" letters are no longer needed with the bid showing proof of contacting MBE or WBE Subcontractors,but the Pre-Bid Contact Information Form must be filled out completely. City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer: Contract Compliance Officer Community Development Board Carnegie Annex,Suite 202 620 Mulberry Street Waterloo,Iowa 50703 Phone: (319)291-4429 MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION CONTRACT NO.847 M-1 of 6 60279867 SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID REQUEST FORM PRIME BIDDER'S LETTERHEAD Contract No.: Letting Date: I, (subcontractor's name), hereby attest that I have been solicited for a bid on (project name) in the area of _ (description of work and bid item no.). (Prime contractor) has informed me that if I am interested in bidding, a subcontracting bid proposal must be submitted to the company office by(date)and(time). Subcontractor's Company Name Date Subcontractor's Signature Date Prime Bidder's Signature MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION CONTRACT NO.847 M-2 of 6 60279867 LETTER TO BE USED WHEN SOLICITING FOR SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTES Subcontractor Company Name Address RE: Contract No.: Dear • (Prime Contractor's Company Name) is presently soliciting for the following work in connection with the above referenced project. (Insert bid Item Nos.and Description of Work) (Prime Contractor's Company Name) is an Equal Opportunity Employer, and all qualified bidders will not be discriminated against due to race,religion,color,sex,or origin. If interested in bidding your proposal must be turned in to this office by (Date) and (Time) Sincerely, (Prime Contractor's Representative) Form CCO-3 (11/28/2001) MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION CONTRACT NO.847 M-3 of 6 60279867 LETTER OF INTENT TO BID (MBE/WBE LETTER) According to the Current MBE/WBE Contract Compliance Program-2002,all MBE/WBE Contractors interested in -- submitting subcontractor quotes on construction projects with goals, MUST submit a LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to the City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer at least seven(7)days prior to bid opening. The LETTER OF INTENT TO BID must list the specific items which the MBE/WBE Contractor is interested in bidding. Letter should include the following: — Name of Project: Your Company Name: — Address: Phone: Date: List of Specific items to be bid: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: (Subcontractor's Company Name and authorized signature) — Return this LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to: Contract Compliance Officer Community Development Board 620 Mulberry St. — Carnegie Annex,Suite 202 Waterloo,IA 50703 Phone: (319)291-4429 Form CCO-5(06-20-2002) MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION CONTRACT NO.847 M-4 of 6 60279867 CERTIFIED MBE / WBE CONTRACTORS -- CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA 1 °I&rloo CONTRACT COMPLIANCE OFFICE Community Development Board Carnegie Annex, Suite 202 620 Mulberry Street Waterloo, Iowa 50703 City WEB Site: wvvw. Contract Compliance WEB Site for listing updates: http://www.wplwloolib.ia.us/contractcompliance/ _ Contact: Rudy Jones, Community Development Director Email: rudy.jonesAwaterloo-ia.org Phone: (319) 291-4429 Fax: (319) 291-4431 _ MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List Page 1 of 4 CERTIFIED MBE CONTRACTORS CARTER ELECTRIC 725 Adams Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 232-9808 — Pager: (319) 235-4021 Contact: Derrick Carter Specializing in: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR CULPEPPER ELECTRIC 1731 Cottage Grove Avenue Waterloo, IA 50707 Phone: (319) 235-0885 — Fax: (319) 236-8177 Contact: Martin Culpepper Certified: City of Waterloo Certified MBE, Licensed Electrician Specializing in: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR DANIELS HOME IMPROVEMENT 339 Albany Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 961-1659 Contact: Sammy Daniels Specializing in: ALL TYPES OF CONCRETE FLATWORK, POURED WALLS ALL TYPES, FOOTINGS, LIGHT DEMOLITION D.C. CORPORATION 426 Beech Street — Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 236-9075 FAX: (319) 236-0515 Contact: Terry Phillips Certified: City of Waterloo Certified MBE, Iowa DOT, TSB Certified _ Specializing in: COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL DEMOLITION, CONCRETE PAVING, DRIVEWAYS, TRUCKING(ALL TYPES), GENERAL CONSTRUCTION MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List Page 2 of 4 _ GREER'S WORKS 2003 Plainview Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 233-4701 Contact: Willie Greer Specializing in: DRIVEWAYS, SIDEWALKS, CARPENTRY, ROOFING, GENERAL CONSTRUCTION LOVE'S ENTERPRISE 835 West Fifth St. P.O. Box 246 _ Waterloo, IA 50704 Phone: (319) 233-3260 Contact: David Love Certified: Iowa DOT, City of Waterloo Certified MBE Specializing in: CONCRETE PAVING, ASPHALT, DRIVEWAYS, SIDEWALKS, TRUCKING OLD GREER'S WORKS 2309 Springview Street Waterloo, IA 50707 Phone: (319) 233-2150 Contact: David L. Greer, Sr. Specializing in: GENERAL CONSTRUCTION QUICK CONSTRUCTION 217 Bates Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 215-4166 Contact: Leroy Harrington Specializing in: ALL TYPES OF CONCRETE FLATWORK AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTION MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List Page 3 of 4 CE TIF D E C I RA.CT 'S ATLAS PAINTING, INC.* 911 Sycamore Street P.O. BOX 65 Waterloo, IA 50704 Phone: (319) 232-9164 _ Specializing in: COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PAINTING PETERMAN & HAES CARPET ONE* 4003 University Avenue Waterloo, IA 50701 Phone : (319) 233-6131 FAX: (319) 233-6133 email: JR11486@cfu.net Certified: City of Waterloo WBE Contact : Carol Reese Specializing in: FLOOR COVERING WATCO CONSTRUCTION, INC.*2920 Texas Street Waterloo, IA 50702 Phone : (319) 233-7481 Certified: City of Waterloo WBE Contact : Patricia J. Kimball Specializing in: —' STORM SEWER, INLETS, DRAIN TILE, WATER MAIN, SANITARY SEWER, INTAKE STRUCTURES * DENOTES WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List Page 4 of 4 _ STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS (To be submitted by the Bidder only upon the specific request of the City of Waterloo,Iowa.) All questions must be answered and the date given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of bidder. 2. Permanent main office address. 3. When organized. 4. If a corporation,when incorporated. 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) 7. General character of work performed by your company. 8. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so,where and why? 9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? If so,where and why? 10. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost for each,and month and year completed. 11. List your major equipment available for this contract. 12. Experience in construction work similar in importance to this project. 13. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization,including the officers. 14. Credit available: $ 15. Give bank reference: 16. Will you,upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the City of Waterloo,Iowa? STATEMENT OF BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS CONTRACT NO.847 SQ-1 of 2 60279867 17. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm, or corporation to furnish any information requested by the City of Waterloo,Iowa,in verification of the recitals comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at this day of ,2013. (Name of Bidder) By: Title: State of ) )ss: County of ) ,being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of (Name of Organization) and that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this — day of ,2013. Notary Public My commission expires , * * *END OF SECTION* * * STATEMENT OF BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS CONTRACT NO.847 SQ-2 of 2 60279867 GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. SCOPE OF WORK The work covered by this contract consists of furnishing all labor,equipment,and materials and performing all operations, in connection with the LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN, CONTRACT NO.847,as shown on the contract drawings and in accordance with these specifications. The contract drawings,which accompany and form a part of this contract and specifications,are dated 2013 . They have the general title of LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN,CONTRACT NO.847. The drawings are numbered and separately entitled as follows: SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS DRAWING NO. TITLE 01-GENERAL 01-G-01 TITLE SHEET&INDEX OF DRAWINGS �"► 01-G-02 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES AND REFERENCE NOTES 01-G-03 CIVIL GENERAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS 01-G-04 ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS AND PLAN SYMBOLS .r� 01-G-05 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM&SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS 02-CIVIL 02-C-01 PROJECT OVERVIEW 02-C-02 BENCHMARKS,CONTROL POINTS,AND ALIGNMENT DATA 02-C-03 REMOVAL PLAN 02-C-04 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-05 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-06 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-07 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-08 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-09 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-10 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-11 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-12 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-13 FORCE MAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 02-C-14 PUMP STATION SITE GRADING PLAN 02-CE-01 PUMP STATION SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN 10-PUMP STATION 10-M-01 PUMP STATION PLAN VIEW -"► 10-M-02 PUMP STATION SECTION VIEW 10-E-01 PUMP STATION PLAN VIEW 99-DETAILS "ii 99-C-01 STANDARD THRUST BLOCK DETAILS 99-C-02 CHAIN LINK FENCE DETAILS 99-C-03 CHAIN LINK FENCE DETAILS 99-C-04 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 99-E-01 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 99-E-02 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 99-E-03 ELECTRICAL DETAILS GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.847 GSP-1 of 4 60279867 The 2012 Standard Specifications for the Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications Program (as referenced) are to be used along with the special provisions and General Specifications for Construction described herein and shall be considered as part of the contract documents. 2. CONFLICTING SPECIFICATIONS All requirements of other specifications contained in the contract documents which conflict with the provisions of the special provisions will be considered void. 3. DUMPING AREAS — Excess material resulting from construction operations shall be hauled to the County Landfill or other area secured by the Contractor and approved by the City Engineer. Rubble, rubbish, trees, brush, and other unsuitable backfill material,as designated by the City Engineer, shall be hauled to the County Landfill. All Landfill charges are to be considered incidental to the contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor. 4. CONSTRUCTION DAMAGE The Contractor shall exercise care during construction operations to ensure the safety and protection to existing features located near or within the limits of construction. Damage caused by negligence or poor workmanship,as determined by the Engineer,shall be considered the Contractor's responsibility. 5. REMOVED MATERIALS All materials removed, as part of this Contract shall remain the property of the City unless the City determines that the materials are not salvageable and the City does not want to retain ownership of the materials. Materials designated in the field by the Engineer as non-salvageable shall be hauled and — disposed of by the Contractor at no cost to the City. All other materials shall be transported to locations as directed by the Engineer. No separate measurement or payment will be made for hauling or disposing of removed materials and it shall be considered incidental to applicable items. 6. MAILBOXES The Contractor shall notify the United States Postal Department of mailboxes that interfere with any part of the work before removing them, and the Contractor will relocate them as required by the Postmaster. The removal and replacement of mailboxes will not be considered for direct payment, but will be considered incidental to the item to which it applies. — 7. PAY ITEMS All pay items are listed in the proposal and shall include the purchase of all materials, delivery of these — materials, and furnishing all labor, plant and miscellaneous work needed to make the item complete. All such cost shall be incidental to the proposed item to which it applies and shall not be considered for separate payment. 8. BREAKDOWN OF LUMP SUM CONTRACT PRICE ITEMS The Contractor shall, immediately upon execution and delivery of the contract,before the first estimate for payment is made,deliver to the City Engineer a detailed estimate giving a complete breakdown of the lump sum contract prices. The submitted breakdown shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to any payment of any lump sum price item. GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.847 GSP-2 of 4 60279867 9. PERMISSION TO HAUL OVER STREETS,RAILROADS AND HIGHWAYS The Contractor will be required to secure, from the proper authorities, permission or permit which may be required to haul over streets, highways, railroads or private property, and any hauling operations of the Contractor shall be subject to the requirements of such permits, permission, and to all applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances governing hauling and movement of equipment over streets, railroads, highways and private property. Any costs or inconvenience caused by obtaining any necessary permits or permission shall be considered completely covered by the price bid for the items in the proposal. 10. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING The City Engineer shall approve Contractor's work schedule prior to starting. All revisions shall also be approved. The City Engineer may change the schedule to accommodate changing construction conditions. The Contractor shall coordinate the work under this contract with contractors performing work under other contracts,which may be performed concurrently. The Contractor shall be responsible to notify the Police, Fire, Street and Engineering Departments of the closing and opening of streets. The Contractor shall commence work within ten (10) days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed" and diligently execute the work of the contract to completion. 11. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Before any work is started, the Contractor shall arrange with the City Engineer to hold a pre-construction conference to discuss problems and schedules of contracts. 12. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the location of gas lines, water lines, electric, telephone, and cable television cables or wires from the various utility companies and the City electrician before starting any excavation. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to any underground utilities. --V The Contractor shall expose those utilities indicated on the plans so that elevations may be determined before beginning construction. This work shall be considered incidental to other items of work. If the Contractor believes that additional costs have been incurred due to a utility being improperly located, the resolution of the additional costs incurred shall be made between the Contractor and the respective utility company. 13. TRAFFIC SIGNS AND STREET SIGNS The Contractor shall contact the City of Waterloo Traffic Operations Department to have any street sign that will be affected by construction removed and replaced when the work has been completed. 14. TRAFFIC CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION —' The Contractor shall provide erect and maintain,at all times during the progress and suspension of the work and until completion and final acceptance thereof, suitable and requisite barricades, signs or other adequate protection, as required by the latest edition of the "Iowa Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" and shall provide,keep and maintain such barricades, signs, etc.,as may be required or as may be ordered by the Engineer, to ensure the safety of the public as well as those engaged on the work. The Engineer shall review all barricading plans. GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.847 GSP-3 of 4 60279867 The Contractor shall determine,provide and obtain approval from the City Engineer on all detour locations — for all street closings, barricades and posting prior to construction. These shall meet requirements of the City Police Traffic Department. The Contractor shall notify the City Engineer's Office and the Police,Fire and Street Departments when the street is closed for construction. All barricading shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the "Iowa Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Street and Highways." — Encapsulated lens sheeting is not required on this project. 15. GRADES,LINES,LEVELS AND SURVEYS — All necessary grades, lines, levels and surveys shall be established by AECOM and maintained by the Contractor. The Contractor shall verify all grades, lines, levels and dimensions as sown on the drawings, and he shall report any errors or inconsistencies in the same to AECOM before commencing work. 16. SAFETY OF WORKERS AND PUBLIC The Contractor shall, at all times, take necessary precautions to protect the life and health of all persons employed on this project and the public. He shall provide necessary safety devices and safeguards in accordance with latest and best accident prevention practices. All such protection shall be furnished to employees without cost. No direct measurement of payment shall be made for this protection, but shall be considered incidental to other items of work. The public shall be kept outside of any work area. 17. WORKING ON SATURDAYS,SUNDAYS AND LEGAL HOLIDAYS — The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing forty-eight(48)hours in advance if work on Saturday is planned. By noon the Friday before the planned Saturday work, the Contractor shall confirm the Saturday — work schedule with the project inspector. Work on Sunday requires prior approval of the Engineer in accordance with the Waterloo Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall not work the following days in 2013 due to City holidays: May 25-27; July 4;August 31 -September 2,and November 11. * * *END OF SECTION* * * GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.847 GSP-4 of 4 60279867 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. TRAFFIC CONTROL--IMPROPER MAINTENANCE The Engineer, or authorized representative, shall periodically review traffic control that has been put in place by the Contractor. If traffic control devices are found to be without proper maintenance, penalties shall be assessed. Improper maintenance shall include,but not be limited to,the following situations: A. Less than 100 percent of lights in working order. B. Any barricade or sign moved or tipped over. C. Fencing not supported in a vertical position. D. Fencing not placed around excavations when workers/equipment is not working at the location. E. Lack of proper barricades or signage. Each incident is treated as a separate citation on an individual basis. It is not intended that minor deficiencies be price adjusted if corrected the day notification is given. In addition to a price adjustment, the Engineer may suspend work for irresponsible and/or repeated failure to construct the project using -- proper traffic control procedures. Penalties: 1st Offense Written warning given by City. 2nd Offense $ 100 3rd Offense $ 250 4th Offense $ 500 5th Offense $1,000 6th Offense Engineer's discretion(amount or more equal or greater than$1,000) 2. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Time is an essential element of this contract. It is important that the work be diligently pursued to completion. If the work is not completed within the specified contract period,plus authorized extensions, the Contractor shall pay to the City Liquidated Damages in the amount of$500.00 per day,for each day,as further described herein,in excess of the authorized time. Days beyond the specified completion date for which Liquidated Damages will be charged will be working days that the Contractor does, or could have worked from Monday through Saturday. Sundays will be counted only if work is performed. Partial working days will be considered as a full working day. Days not chargeable for Liquidated Damages will include rain days, Sundays if no work is done,and legal holidays. Working days will cease to be charged when only punch list items remain to be completed. Punch list item do not include contract bid items or approved change/extra work orders. When the Contractor believes the project to be substantially completed, a written notice stating the same shall be submitted to the Engineer and a request made for a Punch List. If the work under the Contract extends beyond the normal construction season for such work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in writing a request that working days counted toward the project be suspended until work is resumed the following construction season. This amount is not construed as a penalty. These damages are for the cost to the City of providing the required additional inspection,engineering and contract administration. — SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.847 SP-1 of 4 60279867 3. HAUL ROUTES Haul routes to and from the project site shall be submitted for review by the Engineer. In general, the Contractor shall request haul routes over the main streets in the area, staying on streets within the project as — much as possible and should not include truck-embargoed streets. 4. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The Standard Specifications,which are referenced in the contract documents,are designated as follows: SUDAS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS - "2012 Standard Specifications for the Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications Program" (unless otherwise noted)and current revisions thereof. IDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS - "Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction, — Iowa Department of Transportation, Ames, Iowa, Series 2012" (unless otherwise noted) and current revisions thereof WATERLOO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS - "Standard Specifications for Municipal Public Works — Construction,City of Waterloo,Iowa." 5. PERCENT OF CONTRACT TO BE PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR A. The prime contractor shall be required to perform at least 35 percent of the total contract amount of the project. 6. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Standard Specifications are amended by the following additions. These are Special Provisions and shall — prevail over those published in the Standard Specifications. DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 18 Summary of Work Section 01 29 73 Schedule of Values Section 01 33 10 Submittals — Section 01 43 00 Testing Laboratory Services Section 01 43 26 Testing Section 01 50 10 Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities _ Section 01 57 00 Protection of Environment Section 01 60 10 Material and Equipment Section 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Data Section 01 78 39 Project Record Documents DIVISION 2-EXISTING CONDITIONS Section 02 41 10 Demolition DIVISION 26-ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 02 Basic Materials and Methods Section 26 05 26 Grounding Section 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Manholes Section 26 05 53 Electrical Identification — Section 26 08 10 Electrical System Demonstrations Section 26 08 20 Testing Electrical Systems SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.847 SP-2 of 4 60279867 DIVISION 31-EARTHWORK Section 31 10 12 Site Preparation Section 31 23 05 Structure Excavation and Backfilling DIVISION 32-EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates DIVISION 33-UTILITIES Section 33 05 23 Horizontal Directional Boring Section 33 32 14 Submersible Sewage Pumping Station Section 33 71 73 Electric Service DIVISION 40-PROCESS INTEGRATION Section 40 80 10 Systems Demonstrations Section 40 90 10 General Provisions for Instrumentation and Controls Section 40 91 37 Flow Meter(Magnetic) 7. QUANTITY ADJUSTMENTS The following Bid Items are exempted from consideration under the provisions of Section B. "Scope of Work," paragraph 7 of the "General Specifications for Construction" concerning the variance of the "As- Built" quantity of the listed item by more than twenty(20%)percent from the estimated quantity specified in the contract. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION EST.QTY. 19 On-Site Topsoil 3,300.0 CY 20 Borrow Excavation 185.0 CY 22 Seeding,Fertilizing and Mulching for Hydraulic Seeding 3.7 AC 8. SHOP DRAWINGS,CERTIFICATES,AND EQUIPMENT LISTS A. Submission of Drawings: 1) The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer all shop drawings and equipment drawings or lists as called for in the contract documents or as requested by the Engineer. Drawings and listings shall be complete and shall contain all required detail information conveyed according to the latest recommended standards for detailing. 2) The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer and submit the revised shop or equipment drawings or listings for review. After review by the Engineer, the shop or equipment drawings or listings will be so marked, dated, signed by the Engineer, and forwarded to the Contractor for reproduction and distribution. B. Submission of Equipment Lists: 1) If requested in the contract documents,as soon as practicable after award of contract and before any items of material or equipment are purchased, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a complete list of the principal fixtures and equipment to be incorporated into the work. 2) The Contractor shall also submit applicable brochures, technical data, catalogs, cuts,diagrams, manufacturer's drawings and installation instructions, samples if required, and other SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.847 SP-3 of 4 60279867 descriptive data including the complete description,trade name,model number,type,size,and _ rating. C. Engineer's Review: 1) Review by the Engineer shall not be construed as a complete check but will indicate only that the general method of construction and detail is satisfactory. The Engineer assumes no responsibility for errors in dimensions in the shop drawings and assumes the Contractor will use material complying with requirements of the contract documents or, where not specified, those of sound and reasonable quality, and will erect the subjects of such shop drawings according to recognized standards of first quality work or, when specified, according to standards of the contract documents. 2) Any work done or material ordered by the Contractor prior to review by the Engineer shall be at the Contractor's risk. ._ 9. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at the project site one record copy of the drawings, project manual, addenda, change orders and other modifications to contract, field orders or clarifications, shop drawings, field test records,and associated permits. — B. Provide one marked up set of drawings to Engineer at substantial completion for use in preparation of record drawings. _ C. Maintain record documents in clean dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Make record documents available for inspection by Engineer. -- * * *END OF SECTION* * * SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.847 SP-4 of 4 60279867 SECTION 01 11 18 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work of this Contract entails construction of a new Lift Station,approximately 4,900 LF of force main,two air release manholes and incidentals located along La Porte Road. Work also entails removal of the existing Lift Station and installation of a manhole once the new station is operational. — B. Measurement and Payment: 1. Work specified in this section is considered incidental and payment shall be included as part of appropriate lump sum or unit prices included in Bid Form. 1.02 DEFINITIONS — A. Standard Specifications: Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications (SUDAS) and Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction,Series 2012. 1.03 FORM OF SPECIFICATIONS A. These Specifications are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative language of Specification sections is directed at CONTRACTOR, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences in — Specifications shall be completed by inserting "shall," "CONTRACTOR shall," "shall be," and similar mandatory phrases by inference in same manner as they are applied to notes on Drawings. Words"shall be" shall be supplied by inference where colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. Except as worded to contrary, fulfill(perform)indicated requirements whether stated imperatively or otherwise. B. Items of Work are specified by section. Specifications or requirements of one or more sections may apply or be referenced in other sections. C. Provide Work described and comply with requirements stated in each Specification section and Drawings unless specifically assigned to other Contractors or OWNER. 1.04 CONTRACTS A. Perform Work under unit price Contract(s)with OWNER. — 1.05 WORK BY OTHERS A. Utility Services: 1. Electric Utility will furnish and install electric power services to point of termination and provide meters at locations as shown on Drawings and as described in Section 26 05 19. 2. Refer to referenced Specification sections for cost,if any,to be included in Bid. 1.06 MILESTONES(WORK SEQUENCE) A. Construct Work in stages to accommodate use of site during construction period;coordinate Construction Progress Schedule and operations with OWNER. — B. Construct Work in stages to provide for public convenience. — 01 11 18-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 1. Do not close off public use of facilities until completion of one stage of construction provides alternative usage. 2. Stages of construction are those indicated on Drawings. C. Due to potential health hazards and requirements of State of Iowa,Department of Natural Resources,and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, existing wastewater lift station facilities shall be maintained in operation during construction of new lift station facility. Degree of treatment during construction be equal to or exceed efficiency of facility before construction started. 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of premises for Work and storage to allow for following. 1. OWNER occupancy. 2. Public use. B. Conduct operations to ensure least inconvenience to general public. Coordinate use of premises with OWNER. C. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract. D. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or Work areas needed for operations at no additional cost to OWNER. E. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which Work is indicated. F. Keep driveways, roads, and entrances serving premises clear and available to OWNER and public at all -- times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on Site. 1.08 EASEMENTS,LICENSES,AND PERMITS A. Easements,construction licenses,and permits obtained for Work shown on Drawings. 1. Comply with provisions of easements,licenses,and permits. 2. Obtain additional construction easements necessary to complete Work. 3. Easements are shown on Drawings. 4. Perform construction within existing rights-of-way. 5. Obtain written authorization from affected property owners or maintaining authorities if construction is outside these areas. 6. Comply with requirements of OWNERS or maintaining authorities. 7. Obtain written approval of restoration from easement grantors shown on Drawings. B. Construction in Highways: 1. Construction within rights-of-way is governed by applicable permits and appropriate sections of Contract Documents. C. Notify property owners of restoration completion by certified mail (return receipt requested,with copy to OWNER)similar to following. "The undersigned Contractor has completed restoration of construction site on which you have granted easement or license for installation of certain utilities and improvements. If site restoration is not completed 01 11 18-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 to your satisfaction, please contact City of Waterloo, Iowa, in writing, and arrangements will be made immediately to view site and restore site in conformance with our Contract obligations. If City of Waterloo does not hear from you in writing within 5 days from above date,site restoration of your property will be deemed completed and acceptable to you." (Signature) (Name of CONTRACTOR) (Address of CONTRACTOR) 1. Complete Work necessary to satisfy terms of Contract. 2. Failure of property owner to notify OWNER within 5 days,in accordance with above example,does not relieve CONTRACTOR of any obligations under Contract. 3. OWNER will: a. Examine site upon receipt of notice of deficiency. b. Have right to have remaining Work done by contract or force account and deduct cost thereof from monies due CONTRACTOR should CONTRACTOR refuse to complete restoration work. c. Waive requirement for obtaining statement if satisfied restoration is completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 1.09 STAKING A. Proposed Work will be staked once, by ENGINEER, at no expense to CONTRACTOR. Should CONTRACTOR request restaking,this Work will be done as ENGINEER'S schedule permits and at expense of CONTRACTOR. Notify ENGINEER at least 3 days prior to start of open-cut work or 7 days prior to start of jacked or augered work and when making periodic requests for line and grade stakes. 1. ENGINEER will provide one line of survey stakes for utility work and prepare separate cut sheets where multiple pipes are located in common trench. 2. CONTRACTOR shall maintain survey stakes. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) -- * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 11 18-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 01 29 73 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Submit Schedule of Values allocated to various portions of Work as required by General Conditions. B. Upon request of ENGINEER,support values with data substantiating their correctness. 1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Type schedule on 8-1/2 in.x 11 in.white paper;CONTRACTOR'S standard forms and automated printout will be considered for approval by ENGINEER upon CONTRACTOR'S request. Identify schedule with the following: 1. Project title and location. 2. ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Project number. 3. Name and address of CONTRACTOR. 4. Contract designation. 5. Date of submission. B. Identify installed value of component parts of Work in sufficient detail to serve as basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. C. Use general table of contents of this Project Manual to establish format for listing component items in schedule. 1. Identify each line item with number and title of respective Specification division and section. 2. If Project consists of multiple structures,break down schedule by structure. -- D. Provide separate listing for General Requirements(Division 1)items,such as bonds,insurance premiums, mobilization, field supervision and layout, construction facilities and temporary controls, contingency allowance,construction schedule,O&M data,record drawings,and submittals. E. For each Specification division,list subvalues of major materials,equipment or operations under division. F. For various portions of work: 1. Each item shall include directly proportional amount of CONTRACTOR'S overhead and profit. 2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials,break down value into the following: a. Cost of materials,delivered and unloaded,with taxes paid. b. Total installed value including CONTRACTOR'S overhead and profit. G. Sum of values listed in schedule shall equal total Contract sum. _.. 01 29 73-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-6-279867 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 29 73-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-6-279867 SECTION 01 33 10 SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section specifies procedural requirements for Work-related(non-administrative)submittals including Shop Drawings, substitutions, product data, samples, test data, operations and maintenance data, and other miscellaneous Work-related submittals. 1. Submittals for certification of equipment installation, instructional, and post-startup services are specified in Section 01 60 10. 2. Submittals for record drawings are specified in Section 01 78 39. B. Administrative Submittals: Procedures concerning items such as listing of manufacturers, Suppliers, Subcontractors,Construction Progress Schedule,schedule of Shop Drawing submissions,bonds,payment applications,insurance certificates,and schedule of values are specified elsewhere. C. Work-Related Submittals: 1. Substitutes and"Or Equal"Items: a. Includes material or equipment which CONTRACTOR requests ENGINEER to accept, after Effective Date of the Agreement. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance,and quality required.Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like,equivalent,or"or equal"item or no substitution is permitted,other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers,may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. -- 2. Shop Drawings: a. Includes technical data and drawings specially prepared for this Project,including fabrication and installation drawings, diagrams, data sheets, schedules, templates, patterns, reports, instructions,design mix formulas,measurements,and similar information not in standard printed form. b. Standard catalog type information prepared without specific reference to Project is not considered as Shop Drawing. 3. Product Data: a. Includes standard catalog type printed information on manufactured materials,equipment and systems that has not been specially prepared for this Project,including manufacturer's product specifications,catalog cuts,standard wiring diagrams,printed performance curves,mill reports, and standard color charts. 4. Samples: a. Includes fabricated and manufactured physical examples of materials, products, and units of work,includes complete units,partial cuts of manufactured or fabricated work,swatches showing color,texture,and pattern,and units of work to be used for independent inspection and testing. 01 33 10-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 b. Mock-ups are special forms of samples too large or otherwise inconvenient for handling in manner specified for transmittal of sample submittals. 5. Test Results: a. Includes source and field quality inspection and test reports, actual performance curves, and certifications of results prepared specifically for equipment,material,and systems provided for this Project. b. Standard catalog charts or standard test results are considered Product Data. 6. Operations and Maintenance Data: a. Includes information and directions for operating and maintaining equipment provided and installed for this Project. May be standard for equipment or prepared specifically for this Project. 7. Miscellaneous Submittals: a. Work-related submittals that do not fit in previous categories,includes schedules,photographs, guarantees,warranties,certifications,maintenance agreements,workmanship bonds,survey data and reports,physical work records,copies of industry standards,field measurement data,extra materials,keys,and similar information,devices,and materials applicable to Work. 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Scheduling: 1. CONTRACTOR is not required to submit preliminary or fmal schedule of Submittals. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of Work. Coordinate each _ submittal with other submittals and related activities such as substitution requests,testing,purchasing, fabrication,delivery,and similar activities requiring sequential activity. 2. Coordinate submission of different units of interrelated Work so one submittal not be delayed by ENGINEER'S need to review related submittal. ENGINEER may withhold action on submittal -- requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are provided. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of scheduled performance of related Work and other applicable activities. 4. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,Contractor shall have: a. reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; �— b. determined and verified all field measurements,quantities,dimensions,specified performance and design criteria,installation requirements,materials,catalog numbers,and similar information with respect thereto; c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials offered with respect to the indicated application,fabrication,shipping,handling,storage,assembly,and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work;and d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 01 33 10-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 C. Submittal Preparation: 1. Stamp and sign each submittal certifying to review of submittal, verification of material, and equipment, field measurement, field construction criteria, and coordination of information within submittal with Contract Documents. 2. Transmittal Form: Identify following: a. Date of submittal and dates of previous submittals. b. Project title and number. c. Submittal number. d. Contract identification. e. Names of: 1) CONTRACTOR. 2) Supplier. 3) Manufacturer. f. If submittal is for substitute item of material or equipment,identify as"substitute"on transmittal and include"Contractor's Application for Consideration of Substitute"with submittal — g. Identification of equipment and material with equipment identification numbers,motor numbers, and Specification section number. h. Variations from Contract Documents. D. Resubmittal Preparation: 1. Comply with requirements described in Submittal Preparation above,and in addition: a. Identify on transmittal form submittal is resubmission. b. Make corrections or changes in submittals required by ENGINEER'S notations on returned submittal. c. Respond to ENGINEER'S notations: 1) On transmittal or separate page attached to CONTRACTOR'S resubmission transmittal, answer or acknowledge in writing notations or questions indicated by ENGINEER on ENGINEER'S transmittal form returning reviewed submission to CONTRACTOR. 2) Identify each response by question or notation number established by ENGINEER. 3) If CONTRACTOR does not respond to each notation or question,resubmission will be returned without action by ENGINEER until CONTRACTOR provides written response to ENGINEER'S notations or questions. d. CONTRACTOR-initiated revisions or variations. 1) On transmittal form,identify variations or revisions from previously reviewed submittal, -- other than those called for by ENGINEER. 2) ENGINEER'S responsibility for variations or revisions is established in the Actions On Submittals paragraph of this section. 1.03 SPECIFIC SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Specific submittal requirements for individual units of Work are specified in applicable Specification section. Except as otherwise indicated in Specification sections,comply with requirements specified below for each indicated type of submittal. 01 33 10-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 2. If ENGINEER has responded to Written Clarification/Interpretation/Request submitted by CONTRACTOR,CONTRACTOR shall include ENGINEER'S response with applicable submittal. B. Requests for Substitute Items: 1. Collect data for items to be submitted for review as substitute items into one submittal for each item of material or equipment. 2. Include completed"Contractor's Application for Consideration of Substitution"form as required by Supplementary Conditions. 3. Submit with other scheduled submittals for material or equipment allowing time for ENGINEER to evaluate additional information required to be submitted. 4. If CONTRACTOR requests to substitute for material or equipment specified,but not identified in Specification as requiring submittals, CONTRACTOR shall indicate substitution submittal in Submittal Schedule. 5. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefore.Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. 6. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of —' material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use.The application: a. shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: _ 1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, 2) be similar in substance to that specified,and _ 3) e suited to the same use as that specified; b will state: 1) the extent,if any,to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, 2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents(or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project)to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item,and 3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; c will identify: 1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified,and 2) available engineering,sales,maintenance,repair,and replacement services; and d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item,including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit newly prepared information,with graphic information at accurate scale and name of preparer indicated(firm name). Show dimensions and note which are based on field measurement,identify materials and equipment included in Work,and revisions on resubmittals. Indicate compliance with standards and notation of coordination requirements with other Work. Encircle,bubble or otherwise indicate selections of products or materials and/or variations from Contract Documents or previous _ submittals. Highlighting may be used in addition to circling or bubbling of appropriate materials or variations from Contract Documents or previous submittals to direct the attention of the reviewer,but 01 33 10-4 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 may not be utilized exclusively due to the difficulty in continuity of selections through copying and/or scanning of the submittal. Other acceptable means of selection of materials,products or variations from Contract Documents or previous submittals include striking out selections not included as part of the submittal,providing an arrow pointing directly to the selection or other means that remain after copying and/or scanning. 2. Provide 8 in.by 3 in.blank space for CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER stamps. D. Product Data: 1. Preparation: a. Collect required data into single submittal for each unit of Work or system. Where product data includes information on several similar materials or equipment,some of which are not required for use on Project or not included in submittal, mark copies to show which items are not applicable to Project. b. Where product data must be specially prepared for equipment,materials or systems,because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit data as Shop Drawing and not as product data. 2. Submittals: a. Submit 6 copies. b. Submittal is fmal when ENGINEER returns submittal marked"No Exception Taken",or"Make Corrections Noted". 3. Distribution: a. Maintain one set of product data(for each submittal)at Project site,available for reference by ENGINEER and others. E. Samples: 1. Preparation: a. Provide samples physically identical with proposed materials or equipment to be incorporated into Work. Where variations in color, pattern or texture are inherent in material or product represented by sample, submit multiple units (not less than 3) showing approximate limits of variations. b. Provide full set of option samples where selection by ENGINEER is required. c. Include information with each sample to show generic description,source or product name and manufacturer,limitations,and compliance with standards. d. Submit samples for ENGINEER'S visual review of general generic kind,color,pattern,texture, and for final check of coordination of these characteristics with other related elements of Work. —. e. Mock-ups and similar samples specified in Specification sections are recognized as special type of samples. Comply with samples submittal requirements to greatest extent possible. 2. Submittals: a. At CONTRACTOR'S option, and depending upon nature of anticipated response from ENGINEER,initial submittal of samples may be preliminary or fmal submittal. b. Preliminary submittal, of single set of samples, required where Specification's indicate ENGINEER'S selection of color,pattern,texture or similar characteristics from manufacturer's range of standard choices is necessary. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned _ with ENGINEER'S"Action"noted. c. Final Submittals: Submit 3 sets of samples in final submittal, 1 set will be returned. 01 33 10-5 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 3. Distribution: a. Maintain returned set of samples at Project site,in suitable condition and available for quality control comparisons throughout course of performing Work. F. Test Results: 1. Preparation: a. Identify each test by Specification section and type of test. 2. Submittals: a. Submit 3 copies. b. Submittal is to confirm that results of tests verify materials,products,and systems comply with Contract Documents and are not for approval. 3. Distribution: a. Unless otherwise required in Specifications,test results shall be submitted to ENGINEER'S field office or if ENGINEER has no field office to ENGINEER'S office. — G. Miscellaneous: 1. Guarantees,Warranties,Maintenance Agreements,and Workmanship Bonds: a. Refer to Specification sections for requirements. Submittal is considered final when submittal returned by ENGINEER,marked"No Exceptions Taken"or"Make Corrections Noted". — b. In addition to copies desired for CONTRACTOR'S use, furnish 2 executed copies. Provide 2 additional copies where required for maintenance data. 2. Certifications: a. Refer to Specification sections for requirement on submittal of certifications. Submit 6 copies. Certifications are submitted for review of conformance with specified requirements and information. 3. Closeout Submittals: a. Refer to Specification sections and Section 01 78 39 for requirements on submittal of closeout information,materials,tools,and similar items. 1) Materials and Tools: Spare parts,extra and overrun stock,maintenance tools and devices,keys,and similar physical units to be submitted. 2) Operating and maintenance data. H. Operating and Maintenance(O&M)Data: 1. Organize operations and maintenance information into suitable sets of manageable size,and bind into individual binders properly identified and indexed(thumb-tabbed). Include emergency instructions, safety precautions, spare parts listing, copies of warranties, wiring diagrams, recommended "turn-around" cycles, inspection procedures, Shop Drawings,Product Data, and similar applicable _. information. 01 33 10-6 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 a. Manufacturer's printed instructions regarding safety precautions for both (a) protection of personnel operating equipment and systems and (b)prevention of damage to equipment and systems. b. Shop Drawings and other submittals included in O&M data shall be corrected to include,in same format and style as original submittal,review comments. c. Data may be submitted on CD Rom if approved by ENGINEER. 2. Binders: Commercial quality D-Ring binder with durable and cleanable plastic covers. Paperboard and laminated paperboard covers are not acceptable. a. Do not fill binders to more than 75%of capacity. b. When multiple binders are used for an item of equipment, organize contents into related groupings. Each binder cover shall bear identification of specific contents. 3. Cover Label: Label each binder cover and spine with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS"and following: a. Project title. b. Name(s) of applicable building(s) or structure(s) as shown on Drawings in which equipment located. c. Name of equipment as set forth in Contract Documents. d. Specification section number for equipment as set forth in Contract Documents. 4. Submit after equipment requiring O&M data has been returned "No Exceptions Taken" or"Make Corrections Noted". 5. Submit 6 copies of each manual. I. General Distribution: 1. Unless required elsewhere,provide distribution of submittals to Subcontractors,suppliers,governing authorities,and others as necessary for proper performance of Work. 2. Provide copies of submittals bearing ENGINEER'S action stamp to: a. Job site file. b. Record documents file. 1.04 ACTION ON SUBMITTALS A. ENGINEER'S Action: 1. General: a. Except for submittals for record and similar purposes,where action and return on submittals is required or requested,ENGINEER will review each submittal,mark with appropriate action,and return. Where submittal must be held for coordination, ENGINEER will so advise CONTRACTOR without delay. b. ENGINEER will stamp each submittal with uniform,self-explanatory action stamp,appropriately marked with submittal action. c. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer.Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will,after installation or incorporation in the Work,conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 01 33 10-7 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 d. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures of construction(except where a particular means,method,technique,sequence,or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents)or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto.The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. — e. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of request for substitution items and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of submittal procedure coordination. 2. Notification of Insufficient Information: a. If information submitted is not sufficient to complete review of submittal,ENGINEER will send _ transmittal to CONTRACTOR notifying CONTRACTOR that additional information is required. b. Submittal will be placed in an"On Hold"status and not returned until CONTRACTOR provides additional information. 3. Unsolicited Submittals: ENGINEER will return unsolicited submittals to CONTRACTOR without reviewing. 4. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is — functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required,it may be considered by Engineer as an"or equal"item,in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion,be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items.A proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: — 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction,quality,durability,appearance,strength,and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service. b. Contractor certifies that,if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times;and — 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. B. Action Stamp: —" 1. Marking: No Exceptions Taken. a. Final Unrestricted Release: When submittals are marked as "No Exceptions Taken", Work covered by submittal may proceed provided it complies with Contract Documents. Acceptance of Work depends on that compliance. 2. Marking: Make Corrections Noted. a. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked as "Make Corrections Noted _ Exceptions",Work covered by submittal may proceed provided it complies with ENGINEER'S 01 33 10-8 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 notations or corrections on submittal and with Contract Documents. Acceptance of Work depends on that compliance. Resubmittal not required. 3. Marking: Rejected; See Remarks. a. Submittal Not Accepted: When submittals are marked as "Rejected; See Remarks", do not proceed with Work covered by submittal. Work covered by submittal does not comply with Contract Documents. b. Prepare new submittal for different material or equipment supplier or different product line or material of same supplier complying with Contract Documents. 4. Marking: Revise and Resubmit. a. Returned for Resubmittal: When submittals are marked as "Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by submittal. Do not permit Work covered by submittals to be used at Project site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. b. Revise submittal or prepare new submittal in accordance with ENGINEER'S notations in accordance with resubmittal requirements of this section. Resubmit without delay. Repeat if required to obtain different action marking. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 33 10-9 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 01 43 00 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Employ and pay for services of testing laboratory approved by OWNER to perform specified services and testing as described in Specifications. 1. Employment of laboratory shall, in no way, relieve CONTRACTOR'S obligations to perform Work of Contract. B. Related Requirements in Other Parts of Contract Documents: 1. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders or approvals of public authorities,Conditions of Contract. 1.02 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY A. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329. B. Authorized to operate in state in which Project is located. C. Testing Equipment: 1. Calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either: a. National Bureau of Standards. b. Accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.03 LABORATORY DUTIES A. Cooperate with ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR; provide qualified personnel to perform Work after due Notice to Proceed. B. Perform specified inspections,secure samples,and test materials. 1. Comply with specified standards. 2. Ascertain compliance of materials with Contract Documents. C. Promptly notify ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of observed irregularities or deficiencies of Work, equipment or material. D. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; one copy each to ENGINEER, OWNER, material supplier and CONTRACTOR, and one copy to record document file. Each report shall include following: 01 43 00-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Testing laboratory name,address and telephone number. 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. — 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions if test performed in field. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and Specification section. '! 9. Location of sample or test in Project. 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Results of tests and compliance with Contract Documents. 12. Interpretation of test results,when requested by ENGINEER. E. Perform additional tests as required by ENGINEER or CONTRACTOR. 1.04 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY A. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release,revoke,alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. — 2. Approve or accept any portion of Work. 3. Perform duties of CONTRACTOR. 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel and provide access to Work. B. Provide to laboratory preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete and other material mixes which require control by testing laboratory. C. Furnish copies of product test reports. D. Furnish incidental labor and facilities. 1. Provide access to Work to be tested. 2. Obtain and handle samples at Project site or at source of product to be tested. 3. Facilitate inspections and tests. 4. Store and cure test samples. E. Notify laboratory and ENGINEER sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse OWNER for laboratory personnel and travel expenses incurred due to CONTRACTOR'S negligence. F. Make arrangements with laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required for CONTRACTOR'S convenience. 01 43 00-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 G. Employ and pay for services of testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required when initial tests indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION — (Not Used) — * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 43 00-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 01 43 26 TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Measurement and Payment 1. Testing and furnishing of samples required to be provided by CONTRACTOR will not be paid for separately but shall be considered incidental to unit price of item to which it applies. B. CONTRACTOR shall employ services of independent testing laboratory approved by OWNER to perform testing as described in the SUDAS specifications and the following sections: 1. Section 31 23 05: Structural Excavation and Backfill. C. CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with ENGINEER to facilitate execution of assurance testing deemed necessary by ENGINEER. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Production Testing: 1. Materials produced off-site and incorporated into Work shall comply with the Contract Documents. a. Provide certifications of compliance. 2. On-site testing to confirm that material or equipment comply with Contract Document shall be provided by CONTRACTOR. a. On-site testing to confirm that methods used by CONTRACTOR result in conformance with Contract Documents shall be provided by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will not perform production testing,but CONTRACTOR shall inform ENGINEER ofproduction testing schedule so ENGINEER,at ENGINEER'S option,may observe testing. b. CONTRACTOR is responsible that materials and completed construction comply with Contract Documents. B. Assurance Testing: 1. Testing performed on-site by ENGINEER or an independent testing laboratory to determine if CONTRACTOR'S work or materials comply with Contract Documents. 2. Materials used for assurance testing shall be furnished by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor and equipment needed to provide access to areas for assurance testing. This includes, but is not limited to,excavation of backfill to various depths for testing. 3. Density of sub-grades,trench backfill and crushed stone bases/surfaces. a. CONTRACTOR shall employ an independent testing laboratory to gather, test and report on representative earth samples and to provide results of Standard Proctor Density test in accordance with Iowa DOT Materials Laboratory Test Method 103. Samples tested shall be representative of earth materials used for backfilling structures and trenches. b. CONTRACTOR shall employ an independent testing laboratory to gather representative crushed stone base/surface materials and provide the results of Standard Proctor Density test in accordance with Iowa DOT Materials Laboratory Test Method 103. 01 43 26-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 C. Results of assurance testing or production testing provided by CONTRACTOR shall, in no way, relieve CONTRACTOR of obligations to comply with Contract Documents. PART 2 MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 43 26-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 01 50 10 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Term"RTL"shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code(NEC),Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. -- C. Comply with federal,state,and local codes and regulations,and with utility company requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A. General: 1. Temporary lighting shall be sufficient to enable CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors to complete Work and enable ENGINEER to observe Work as it is being performed. Illumination shall meet or exceed state code requirements. B. Responsibilities: 1. Provide,maintain,and remove temporary electric service facilities. 2. Facilities exposed to weather shall be weatherproof type and electrical equipment enclosure locked to prevent access by unauthorized personnel. 3. Pay for installation of temporary services including poles,transformer charges,and metering. 4. Arrange with local electric utility for temporary electric service subject to their requirements and approval. 5. Register temporary meter in CONTRACTOR'S name. 6. Provide and maintain lamps,wiring,switches,sockets,and similar equipment required for temporary lighting and small power tools. 7. Pay for electrical energy consumed for construction purposes including operation of ventilating equipment for heating of buildings,and for testing and operating of equipment after permanent wiring has been installed,until final acceptance by ENGINEER or until occupancy by OWNER. 8. Provide and pay for service to temporary offices. 2.02 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Arrange with local telephone company to provide telephone service throughout duration of Work. B. Locate telephone in Project construction office for local calls. 2.03 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION 01 50 10-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 A. Water is not available at Project site. Make arrangements and pay costs to obtain suitable water. 2.04 WATER FOR TESTING A. CONTRACTOR shall provide water necessary for testing prior to acceptance of Work,unless specifically stated otherwise in Specifications for equipment,system or facility. 2.05 SANITARY FACILITIES A. No sanitary facilities are available on site. B. Provide temporary sanitary toilet facilities conforming to state and local health and sanitation regulations,in sufficient number for use of ENGINEER'S,CONTRACTOR'S and Subcontractor's employees. C. Maintain in sanitary condition and provide supply of toilet paper. 2.06 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide and maintain in working order,minimum of one fire extinguisher at each work location,and such —' other fire protective equipment and devices as would be reasonably effective in extinguishing fires during early stages by personnel at Project site. 2.07 TEMPORARY SITE AND OTHER ROADS A. Construct and maintain temporary site roadways in snow free,ice free,drivable condition necessary to carry out construction operations. B. Maintain OWNER'S existing on-site roads and public roads used during construction free from accumulations of dirt,mud and construction debris resulting from construction operations. Roads shall be — considered"maintained"when material has been removed by sweeper. 2.08 SECURITY A. Security will not be provided by OWNER. B. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for loss or injury to persons or property where Work is involved,and shall provide security and take precautionary measures to protect CONTRACTOR'S and OWNER'S interests. 2.09 TEMPORARY PARKING A. There shall be no parking on Project site outside of active work area unless designated or approved by OWNER. — B. Make arrangements and pay for parking area for employee's vehicles. 2.10 TEMPORARY FENCING A. Provide temporary fencing sufficient to prevent trespass by CONTRACTOR'S and Subcontractor's employees and Suppliers onto private property and by public onto construction site. B. Materials shall be sufficiently durable to be effective for Contract Time. 2.11 FIELD OFFICES AND BUILDINGS 01 50 10-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 A. If required by CONTRACTOR, erect where designated by OWNER, and maintain in good condition, temporary field office,tool,and storage building(s)or trailer(s)for CONTRACTOR'S use. 1. Tool storage building(s)or trailer(s)shall be of ample size to provide space for tools and equipment. 2. Building(s) or trailer (s) shall be neat and well constructed, surfaced with plywood, drop siding, masonite,or other similar material,well painted and void of advertisements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in Divisions 15 and 16. B. Maintain and operate systems to ensure continuous service. C. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. 3.02 REMOVAL AND RESTORATION A. Completely remove temporary materials,equipment,signs,and structures when no longer required. B. In unfinished areas,clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities, restore drainage,and evenly grade,seed or plant as necessary to provide appearance equal to or better than original. C. In finished areas,restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified or original condition. 3.03 DAMAGE TO EXISTING PROPERTY A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for replacing or repairing damage to existing buildings,structures,sidewalks, roads,parking lot surfacing,and other existing assets. B. CONTRACTOR shall have option of having OWNER contract for such Work and have cost deducted from Contract price. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 50 10-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 01 57 00 PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. CONTRACTOR, in executing Work, shall maintain Work areas on-and off-site free from environmental pollution that would be in violation of federal,state or local regulations. B. Payment: 1. Consider Work specified in this section incidental and include payment as part of appropriate lump sum or unit prices specified in Bid Form. 1.02 PROTECTION OF STORM SEWERS A. Prevent construction material,pavement,concrete,earth or other debris from entering existing storm sewer or sewer structure. 1.03 PROTECTION OF WATERWAYS A. Observe rules and regulations of State of Iowa and agencies of U.S. government prohibiting pollution of lakes,streams,rivers or wetlands by dumping of refuse,rubbish,dredge material or debris. 1. Permits obtained by OWNER are contained in Project Forms. 2. Other permits shall be obtained by CONTRACTOR at CONTRACTOR'S cost. B. Provide holding ponds or approved method which will divert flows,including storm flows and flows created by construction activity,to prevent excessive silting of waterways or flooding damage to property. C. Comply with Section 9040 of the SUDAS Specifications. D. CONTRACTOR shall comply with Iowa Department of Natural Resources National Pollution Discharge Elimination System, (NPDES) Storm Water permit for construction site activities. As minimum CONTRACTOR is required to prepare,submit,and comply with following. 1. Notice of Intent(NOI). 2. Storm Water Pollution Plan. 1.04 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED AND OTHER WASTE MATERIALS A. Excess excavated material not required or not suitable for backfill and other waste material shall be disposed of in accordance with local regulatory requirements. B. Provide watertight conveyance for liquid,semi-liquid or saturated solids which tend to bleed during transport. Liquid loss from transported materials is not permitted, whether being delivered to construction site or hauled away for disposal. Fluid materials hauled for disposal must be specifically acceptable at selected disposal site. 1.05 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Minimize air pollution by requiring use of properly operating combustion emission control devices on construction vehicles and equipment and encourage shutdown of motorized equipment not in use. 01 57 00-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 B. Do not burn trash on construction site. C. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of Work,they shall not cause air pollution. 1.06 THAWING OF FROZEN GROUND A. Obtain permit from appropriate local authority before building fire to thaw frozen ground,and comply with conditions of permit. B. Use fuel which does not create air pollution or inconvenience public. C. ENGINEER reserves right to prohibit fires for thawing whenever deemed undesirable. 1.07 USE OF CHEMICALS A. Chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,whether herbicide,pesticide, disinfectant,polymer,reactant or of other classification,shall be approved by U.S. EPA or U.S.Department of Agriculture or any other applicable regulatory agency. B. Use and disposal of chemicals and residues shall comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1.08 NOISE CONTROL A. Conduct operations to cause least annoyance to residents in vicinity of Work,and comply with applicable local ordinances. B. Equip compressors, hoists, and other apparatus with mechanical devices necessary to minimize noise and dust. Equip compressors with silencers on intake lines. — C. Equip gasoline or oil-operated equipment with silencers or mufflers on intake and exhaust lines. D. Line storage bins and hoppers with material that will deaden sounds. E. Conduct operation of dumping rock and of carrying rock away in trucks so as to cause minimum of noise and dust. F. Route vehicles carrying rock,concrete or other material over such streets as will cause least annoyance to public and do not operate on public streets between hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., or on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays unless approved by OWNER. 1.09 DUST CONTROL A. Due to close geographic location of Project to other off-site facilities and residential homes take special care in providing and maintaining temporary site roadways, OWNER'S existing roads, and public roads used during construction operations in clean,dust free condition. B. Comply with local environmental regulations for dust control. If CONTRACTOR'S dust control measures are considered inadequate by ENGINEER,ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to take additional dust control measures. 1.10 FUELS AND LUBRICANTS A. Comply with local,state and federal regulations concerning transportation and storage of fuels and lubricants. 01 57 00-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 B. Fuel storage area and fuel equipment shall be approved by OWNER prior to installation. Submit containment provisions to OWNER for approval. C. Report spills or leaks from fueling equipment or construction equipment to OWNER and cleanup as required. D. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to remove damaged or leaking equipment from Project site. 1.11 PILE AND SHEATHING DRIVING NOISE A. If piles are required,use only pile driver hammers with mufflers capable of significantly reducing noise and use barriers or shielding techniques as necessary to comply with applicable federal, state, and local ordinances. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 57 00-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 01 60 10 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBSTITUTIONS AND"OR EQUAL"ITEMS A. General: 1. When equipment or material is specified by naming 1 or more equipment manufacturers or material suppliers and followed by words"no substitution permitted"or similar wording,CONTRACTOR shall provide one of named manufacturers or suppliers. B. Substitutions: 1. For material or equipment specified by naming one or more equipment manufacturers or material suppliers and not followed by words"or equal",CONTRACTOR shall submit request for substitution in accordance with Section 01 33 10 for equipment or manufacturer not specifically named. 2. CONTRACTOR'S requests for changes in equipment and materials from those required by Contract Documents are considered "requests for substitutions" and subject to CONTRACTOR'S representations and review provisions of Contract Documents when one or more of following conditions are satisfied. a. Where required equipment or material cannot be provided within Contract Time,but not as result of CONTRACTOR'S failure to pursue Work promptly or coordinate various activities properly. b. Where packaging of several items of equipment from single source will provide maintenance and coordination advantages to OWNER. c. When CONTRACTOR proposes to provide substitute equipment or material to provide OWNER with cost savings. C. "Or Equal": For material or equipment specified by naming one or more equipment manufacturer followed by the words"or equal",CONTRACTOR shall submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10 for equipment or manufacturer not specifically named. ENGINEER will review submittal in accordance with Section 01 33 10. D. Conditions which are not substitutions: 1. Requirements for substitutions do not apply to CONTRACTOR options on materials and equipment provided for in Specifications. 2. Revisions to Contract Documents,where requested by OWNER or ENGINEER,are"changes"not "substitutions". 3. CONTRACTOR'S determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities do not constitute substitutions or basis for Change Orders,except as provided for in Contract Documents. 1.02 REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIAL A. Except as specifically indicated or specified, do not use materials and equipment removed from existing structure(s)in new Work. B. For material and equipment specifically indicated or specified to be reused in Work: 1. Use special care in removal, handling, storage, and reinstallation to ensure proper function in completed Work. 01 60 10-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 2. Arrange and pay for transportation,storage,and handling of products which require off-site storage, _ restoration or renovation. 3. Off-site storage areas and buildings shall conform to requirements of this section. 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Installation of equipment and materials shall comply with manufacturer's instructions. Obtain and distribute printed copies of such instructions to parties involved in installation,including 2 copies to ENGINEER. 1. Maintain one set of complete instructions at Site during installation and until completion of Work. B. Handle, store, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in conformance with Specifications. 1. If Site conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult _ ENGINEER for further instructions. Do not proceed with Work without written instructions. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of materials and equipment in accordance with construction Progress Schedule,coordinate to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at site. 1. Deliver materials and equipment in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging,with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Protect bright machined surfaces, such as shafts and valve faces,with heavy coat of grease prior to shipment. 3. Upon delivery, inspect shipments to ensure compliance with Contract Documents and approved submittals,and materials and equipment have been protected and are undamaged. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle materials and equipment by methods recommended by manufacturer to prevent soiling or damage to materials or equipment,or their packaging. 1.05 STORAGE,PROTECTION,AND MAINTENANCE A. OWNER assumes no responsibility for damage or loss due to storage of materials and equipment. B. Interior Storage: 1. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. _ 2. Store materials and equipment subject to damage by elements in weathertight enclosures. 3. Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. C. Exterior Storage: — 1. Store fabricated materials and equipment above ground,on blocking or skids,to prevent soiling or staining. Cover materials and equipment subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings. _ Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. 2. Store loose granular materials in well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 3. Store materials such as pipe,reinforcing steel,structural steel,and equipment on pallets or racks,off ground. D. Inspection and Maintenance: — 1. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection,maintenance,and inventory. 01 60 10-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 2. Make periodic inspections of stored materials and equipment to ensure materials and equipment maintained under specified conditions are free from damage or deterioration, and coverings are in-place and in condition to provide required protection. 3. Perform maintenance on stored material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in presence of OWNER or ENGINEER. a. Notify ENGINEER 24 hrs before performance of maintenance. b. Submit report of completed maintenance and condition of coverings to ENGINEER with each Application for Payment. c. Failure to perform maintenance,to notify ENGINEER of intent to perform maintenance or to submit maintenance report may result in rejection of material or equipment. E. Assume responsibility for protection of completed construction and repair and restore damage to completed Work equal to original condition. F. Wheeling of loads over finished floors,with or without plank protection,is not permitted in anything except rubber-tired wheelbarrows,buggies,trucks or dollies. This applies to finished floors and exposed concrete floors,as well as those covered with composition tile or other applied surfacing. — G. Where structural concrete is also finished surface,avoid marking or damaging surface. 1.06 SPECIAL TOOLS,SPARE PARTS AND LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT A. Furnish,in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,special tools required for checking,testing, parts replacement,and maintenance. Special tools are those specially designed or adapted for use on parts of equipment,and not customarily and routinely carried by maintenance mechanics. 1. Tools and lubricating equipment shall be of quality compatible to equipment manufacturer has furnished. B. Deliver to OWNER before operating personnel have been instructed in operation,repair and maintenance of equipment and unit is placed in operation. C. Mark spare parts and special tools to identify associated equipment by name,equipment,and part number. Package parts for protection against damage during shipping,handling and storage. Ship spare parts and special tools in boxes marked to indicate contents. 1.07 LUBRICATION A. Where lubrication is required for proper operation of equipment,incorporate necessary and proper provisions in equipment in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Where possible, lubrication shall be automated and positive. B. Where oil is used,reservoir shall be of sufficient capacity to supply unit for 24 hr period. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT — A. Material and Equipment Incorporated into Work: 1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Comply with size,make,type,and quality specified or as approved by Submittal. 01 60 10-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 B. Manufactured and Fabricated Materials and Equipment: 1. Design, fabricate, and assemble in accordance with engineering and shop practices standard with industry. 2. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges,to be interchangeable. 3. Two or more items of same kind shall be identical,by same manufacturer. 4. Material and equipment shall be suitable for service conditions. 5. Equipment capabilities,sizes,and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to,unless variations _ are specifically approved,in writing. 6. Equipment shall be adapted to best economy in power consumption and maintenance. Parts and components shall be proportioned for stresses occurring during continuous or intermittent operation, and for additional stresses occurring during fabrication or installation. 7. Design so working parts are readily accessible for inspection and repair, easily duplicated, and replaced. C. Do not use material or equipment for purpose other than for which it is designed or specified. PART 3 EXECUTION —" 3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL;INSTALLATION,INSTRUCTIONAL,AND POST STARTUP SERVICES A. General: 1. Provide on-site services of Supplier's representatives for equipment provided by CONTRACTOR during construction, installation, equipment startup, and training of OWNER'S personnel for equipment or plant operation as specifically required in Specification section for equipment or system. 2. Include and pay costs for Supplier's services. 3. Work day is defined as 8 hr period during OWNER'S or CONTRACTOR'S typical calendar day. Work day for purposes of this section does not include travel to or from Site. 4. Specifications include minimum mandays to provide basis for bidding. If additional time is required to perform services CONTRACTOR shall include that time in Contract Price. B. Installation Services: 1. Where installation services are called for in Specifications, provide competent and experienced technical representatives of manufacturers of material or equipment and systems to resolve assembly or installation procedures attributable to,or associated with,equipment furnished. 2. After equipment is installed,representatives shall perform initial equipment and system adjustment and _ calibration to conform to Specifications and manufacturer's requirements and instructions. 3. Provide"Certificate of Installation Services"stating proper adjustments have been made to equipment or system and equipment or system is ready for startup and system demonstration. Use form in Project Forms and furnish 2 copies to ENGINEER.C. Instructional Services: 1. Do not start Instructional Services until Installation Services have been completed. 2. Where Instructional Services are called for in Specifications, provide competent and experienced technical representative of Supplier to provide detailed instructions to OWNER'S personnel for operation of equipment. Training services shall include operation and maintenance of instrumentation and equipment in classroom and on-site. Training shall include electrical, mechanical, and safety aspects of equipment. 3. Submit documentation identifying name of specific representative, factory authorization, and _ background of named individual(s)to conduct training. Submit information 30 days before scheduled training period for review and approval by ENGINEER. 01 60 10-4 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 4. Coordinate training periods with ENGINEER and OWNER and Supplier's representatives. a. No training shall be conducted unless instructor has been approved by ENGINEER. b. Notify ENGINEER at least 48 hrs before training sessions are to begin so ENGINEER can make arrangements with OWNER'S operating personnel. c. Reschedule canceled training sessions 48 hrs in advance. d. Failure of Supplier's or manufacturer's representative to appear for scheduled training,failure to notify ENGINEER 24 hrs in advance of need to cancel scheduled training or failure to arrive within 30 min of start of scheduled training shall result in reimbursement to OWNER for time lost by OWNER'S personnel in waiting for arrival of manufacturer's representative. Except in case of failure to arrive on time, time will not exceed 1 hr for each employee scheduled to receive training. Failure to arrive on time will be reimbursed by actual time late,up to 1 hr,after 1 hr training will be rescheduled. e. Failure of Supplier's or manufacturer's representative to appear for scheduled training,failure to notify ENGINEER 24 hrs in advance of need to cancel scheduled training or failure to arrive within 30 min of start of scheduled training shall result in reimbursement to OWNER for expenses and time incurred by ENGINEER in traveling and time spent on-site. Minimum time billed shall be 8 hrs. 5. Similar types of equipment differing in model,size or manufacturer shall require equal service time as stated in specific Specification section. 6. O&M data shall constitute basis of instruction. a. Review data contents with personnel in full detail to explain aspects of operations and maintenance. 7. Instructional Services shall be completed before start of system demonstration required in Section 40 80 10. 8. Provide"Certificate of Instructional Services",cosigned by OWNER and Supplier's representative, verifying training has been accomplished to satisfaction of each party. Use form in Project Forms and furnish 2 copies to ENGINEER. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 60 10-5 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION SERVICES (Reference Specification Section 01600) Project — Equipment Specification Section Contract I hereby certify the equipment supplier/manufacturer has inspected this equipment and that it has been properly installed, adjusted, and calibrated. I further certify this equipment may now be operated for test purposes and/or normal use. _ MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE Signature Date Name(print) Title -- Representing CONTRACTOR Signature Date Name(print) Title This form shall be completed and submitted to ENGINEER prior to training of OWNER'S personnel. 01 60 10-6 S.Lift Station Force Main-60249213.16 CERTIFICATE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES (Reference Specification Section 01600) Project Equipment Specification Section — Contract — I hereby certify that the equipment supplier/manufacturer has instructed OWNER'S personnel in the startup operation and maintenance of this equipment as required in the Specifications. CONTRACTOR Signature Date Name(print) Title OWNER I hereby certify that my operating personnel received days instruction&vin for startup, operation, and maintenance of this equipment. Signature Date Name (print) — Title Representing COMMENTS: — 01 60 10-7 S.Lift Station Force Main-60249213.16 CERTIFICATE OF POST STARTUP SERVICES — (Reference Specification Section 01600) Project Equipment Specification Section Contract _ I hereby certify that the equipment supplier/manufacturer has inspected this equipment, made adjustments and calibrations,and that it is operating in conformance with the design, Specification, — and manufacturer's requirements. Notation of improper operation shall be detailed and recommendations made and attached to this form. MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE Signature Date — Name (print) Title — Representing CONTRACTOR Signature Date — Name (print) Title — OWNER I hereby certify that the equipment supplier/manufacturer has inspected this equipment and made adjustments and calibrations. — Signature Date Name (print) — Title COMMENTS This form shall be submitted to OWNER upon completion of 1-year reinspection as required by the — Specifications. 01 60 10-8 S.Lift Station Force Main-60249213.16 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE(O&M)DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Compile data and related information in manuals appropriate for OWNER'S operation and maintenance (O&M)of each item of equipment identified in other Specification sections. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation of data shall be performed by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in O&M of described equipment. 2. Familiar with requirements of this section. 3. Skilled as technical writer to extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as drafter competent to prepare required drawings. 1.03 FORM OF MANUALS A. Components: 1. Size: 8-1/2 in.by 11 in.,or 11 in.by 17 in. folded,with standard 3-hole punching. 2. Paper: 20-lb minimum,white, for typed pages. — 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data,or neatly typewritten. Handwritten data is not acceptable. 4. Drawings: ,_ a. Bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings and place in clear plastic pockets punched for inserting into binder. Place identification on outside of each pocket. —" B. Cover Label: Label each binder cover and spine with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS"and following: _ 1. Project title. 2. Name(s)of applicable building(s)or structure(s)as shown on Drawings in which equipment located. 3. Name of equipment as set forth in Contract Documents. 4. Specification section number for equipment as set forth in Contract Documents. C. Binders: — 1. Commercial quality D-Ring binder with durable and cleanable plastic covers. Paperboard and laminated paperboard covers are not acceptable. 2. Do not fill binders to more than 75%of capacity. 3. When multiple binders are used for an item of equipment,organize contents into related groupings. Each binder cover shall bear identification of specific contents. 1.03 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit 6 copies of complete O&M data,bound in binders bearing identification label, for review within 30 days after time CONTRACTOR receives approved Shop Drawings and other submittals for equipment from ENGINEER. 01 78 23-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 B. ENGINEER'S review and acceptance of O&M data will be only for conformance with requirements of this section,for form of submittal and organization of data and completeness of information provided,but not for technical content or coordination between individual suppliers of equipment or system(s). C. CONTRACTOR shall review O&M submittal and complete Form 1,Contractor Submittal Form,attached to —' this section indicating requirements of this section have been met before submitting to ENGINEER. ENGINEER will reject submittals without completed Form 1. D. ENGINEER will be sole judge of completeness of data. 1.04 PAYMENTS A. Progress payment for equipment delivered, stored or installed under these Contract Documents will not be made until O&M data is approved by ENGINEER. B. Progress payments for control systems packaged with equipment will not be made until O&M data incorporated into equipment and control system manual is approved by ENGINEER. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL CONTENTS OF DATA A. Each manual shall contain equipment data pertaining to not more than one Specification section number indicated in Contract Documents. B. Title Sheet: First page in data listing following: — 1. Title: "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 2. Title of Project:As shown on Contract Documents. 3. Name(s)of applicable building(s)or structure(s)in which equipment is located. 4. Name of equipment as described in Contract Documents. 5. Specification section number for equipment. 6. CONTRACTOR'S name,address,and telephone number. 7. Subcontractor's name,address,and telephone number if equipment is provided by Subcontractor. 8. CONTRACTOR'S or Subcontractor's purchase order number,manufacturer's shop order number or other such numbers required for parts and service ordering. 9. Manufacturer's name,address,and telephone number. 10. Name,address,and telephone number for local source of supply for parts and service. C. Equipment List: Immediately following title sheet containing following: ._ 1. Completed Form 1,Contractor's Submittal Form. D. Table of Contents: Immediately following equipment list. Arrange in logical, systematic order and shall — include as minimum each tabbed divider. Each page shall be numbered. E. Tabbed Dividers:Insert tabbed section dividers between each major section _. 1. Provide title of section on each tab. 01 78 23-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine maintenance operations. b. Guide to troubleshooting. c. Disassembly,repair,and reassembly instructions. d. Adjustment and checking instructions. 6. Manufacturer's printed instructions regarding safety precautions for both(a)protection of personnel operating equipment and systems and(b)prevention of damage to equipment and systems. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts and recommended quantities maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. C. Prepare and include additional data when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of OWNER'S personnel or as requested by OWNER. 01 78 23-5 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 FORM 1 TO SECTION 01 78 23 Page 1 of 5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM TO: (Engineer) DATE: — (Address) SPECIFICATION (City,State,Zip) SECTION TITLE: (Attn:) SECTION NO.: MANUFACTURER/ VENDOR: FROM: NO.OF COPIES (Contractor) SUBMITTED TO (Address) ENGINEER: (City,State,Zip) SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR: GENTLEMEN: We have checked the O&M manual submittal dated ,20_,and have found it to be in accordance with the requirements of Specification Section 01 78 23 as noted below. FORMAT Size: 8-1/2 x11or11x17 Paper: 20-lb minimum Text: Printed data/neatly typed Drawings: Standard size bound in text;in text-size labeled envelopes Tabbed Section Dividers — Cover Label: Title Project name Building/structure ID Equipment name Specification section Binders: Plastic Cover 01 78 23-6 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 FORM 1 TO SECTION 01 78 23 Page 2 of 5 4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM Provided Not Applicable Page No. GENERAL CONTENTS O One specification only O Title Page -Title -Project title -Building/structure ID -Equipment name Specification section number -Contractor ID -Subcontractor ID -Purchase order data -Manufacturer ID -Service/parts supplier ID 0 Product List O Table of Contents O Tabbed Sections -Pertinent data sheets -Annotated as needed O Text -Pertinent to project -Annotated O Drawings -Illustrate product and components -Control and flow diagrams 01 78 23-7 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 FORM 1 TO SECTION 01 78 23 Page 3 of 5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM Provided Not Applicable Page No. — GENERAL CONTENTS O Special Information -Interrelationships of equipment and components .! -Instructions and procedures provided -Instructions organized in consistent format -Instructions in logical sequence -Glossary O Warranty,Bond, Service Contract SPECIFIC CONTENTS(EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS ONLY) O Description of Unit and Components -Equipment functions -Normal operating characteristics -Limiting conditions -Performance curves -Engineering data -Test data-Replaceable parts list(with numbers) -Nameplate data -P&ID numbers O Operating Procedures -Startup -Routine/normal operation -Regulation and control - Stopping and shutdown -Emergency 01 78 23-8 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 FORM 1 TO SECTION 01 78 23 Page 4 of 5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM Provided Not Applicable Page No. SPECIFIC CONTENTS(EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS ONLI9 0 Operating Procedures(continued) -Seasonal operation -Special instructions O Maintenance Procedures -Routine/normal instructions -Troubleshooting guide -Disassembly/reassembly/repair O Servicing and Lubrication -List of lubricants -Lubrication schedule -Maintenance schedule O Safety Precautions/Features 0 Sequence of Operation of Controls O Assembly Drawings O Parts List and Illustrations -Predicted life - Spare parts list O Control Diagrams/Schematics O Bill of Materials O Completed Equipment Data Form per Specification O Other Data as Required 01 78 23-9 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 FORM 1 TO SECTION 01 78 23 Page 5 of 5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM Provided Not Applicable Page No. SPECIFIC CONTENTS(EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS ONLI9 0 Description -Equipment functions _ -Normal operating characteristics -Performance curves -Engineering data -Test data -Replaceable parts list(with numbers) -Nameplate data -P&ID numbers O Panel Board Directories -Electrical -Controls-Communications O Instrumentation Loops -Diagrams -Components list each circuit/loop O Maintenance Procedures -Routine/normal instructions _ -Troubleshooting guide -Disassembly/reassembly -Adjusting and checking O Safety Precautions/Features 0 Spare Parts List O Additional Data 01 78 23-10 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 FORM 2 TO SECTION 01 78 23 Page 1 of 4 EQUIPMENT DATA FORM PROJECT NAME CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT NO. ASSET NO.* DESCRIPTION MAINT.NO.* LOCATION MANUFACTURER PURCHASED FROM VENDOR ORDER NO. PURCHASE$ DATE OF PURCHASE LOCAL SUPPLIER ADDRESS PHONE NO. MODEL NO. _ NO.OF UNITS SERIAL NOS. *By Owner 01 78 23-11 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 FORM 2 TO SECTION 01 78 23 Page 2 of 4 EQUIPMENT DATA FORM NAMEPLATE DATA — ELECTRIC MOTOR PUMP/HVAC UNIT MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER TYPE [ ] AC [ I DC TYPE — HORSEPOWER SIZE RPM CAPACITY VOLTAGE PRESSURE — AMPERAGE ROTATION PHASE IMPELLER SIZE FRAME IMPELLER MATERIAL DRIVE/REDUCER OTHER(I&C) — MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER [ I GEAR TYPE [ ] V-BELT — [ ] CHAIN TYPE [ ] VARIDRIVE SIZE SERVICE FACTOR CAPACITY RATIO RANGE 01 78 23-12 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 FORM 2 TO SECTION 01 78 23 Page 3 of 4 EQUIPMENT DATA FORM MAINTENANCE SUMMARY EQUIPMENT NO. ASSET NO.* DESCRIPTION MAINT.NO.* MAINTENANCE OPERATION: FREQUENCY: List briefly each Maintenance Operation required and refer to specific List required frequency of each information in Manufacturer's Manual,if applicable. Refer by symbol to maintenance operation. "Lubricant List"for Lubrication Operation. *By Owner 01 78 23-13 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 FORM 2 TO SECTION 01 78 23 Page 4 of 4 EQUIPMENT DATA FORM LUBRICANT/RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST EQUIPMENT NO. ASSET NO.* DESCRIPTION MAINT.NO.* LUBRICANT LIST _ REFERENCE LUBRICANT TYPE RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT SYMBOL (MILITARY STANDARD) AND MANUFACTURER List symbols in List general lubricant type. List specific lubricant name,viscosity,and "Maintenance manufacturer. Operation"(Page 3). RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST PART NO. ** DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT COST _. ADDITIONAL DATA AND REMARKS * By Owner **Identify parts provided by this contract with two asterisks. Note: Attach additional sheets if necessary;identify each sheet at top with equipment number and description. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 78 23-14 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Maintain at site one record copy of: 1. Drawings. 2. Project Manual. 3. Addenda. 4. Change orders and other modifications to Contract. 5. ENGINEER'S Field Orders,Work Change Directives,Written Amendments,or clarifications. 6. Returned Shop Drawings and other submittals. 7. Field test records. 8. Associated permits. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. At Substantial Completion: 1. Deliver 1 marked up set of Drawings to ENGINEER for use in preparation of record drawings. B. Submit with transmittal letter containing following: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. _ 3. CONTRACTOR'S name and address. 4. Title of record document. 5. Signature of CONTRACTOR or authorized representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store record documents and samples on-site apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide secure storage space for storage of samples. B. Maintain record documents in clean,dry,legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. C. Make record documents and samples available for inspection by ENGINEER or OWNER. D. Failure to properly maintain record documents may be reason to delay portion of progress payments until records comply with Contract Documents. 01 78 39-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 3.02 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: 1. Maintain 1 complete set of Drawings and Project Manual,including Addenda,legibly annotated to show changes made during construction. 2. Label each document"PROJECT RECORD"in neat,large printed letters. 3. Record information concurrently with construction progress: — a. Do not conceal Work until information is recorded. b. Record changes made by Field Order, Change Order or Work Directive Change and identify document number. — 4. Give particular attention to concealed equipment and materials that would be difficult to measure and record at later date. B. Drawings: 1. Graphically depict changes by modifying or adding to plans,details,sections,elevations,or schedules. 2. Make changes on each sheet affected by changes. 3. Dimensions: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 4. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. 5. Details not on original Drawings. 6. Location and identification of exposed interior piping, including those shown schematically on Drawings. 7. Size of equipment and location including connections. 8. Electrical and Instrumentation: a. Horizontal and vertical locations and size of underground cable, conduit, and duct runs dimensioned from established building lines. b. Plan location and size of interior concealed and exposed feeders. c. Size and location of access panels. d. Variations from original Drawings. C. Specifications: 1. Mark Specification sections to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with text of Specifications and modifications. 2. Include variations in products delivered to site and from manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 3. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and similar information. 4. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 01 78 39-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 02 41 10 DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removal and salvage of electrical,plumbing,and process and other mechanical equipment and piping. 2. Rerouting utilities to remain. 3. Shutting off,capping,and abandoning utilities and underground piping. 4. Demolition and removal of structures. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Demolish: Remove existing structure to point below finish grade as specified or noted on Drawings. -- B. Remove: Remove portions of existing structure or utility above and below grade as specified or noted on Drawings. C. Abandon: Remove existing utility from service. Fully disconnect from portions of utility remaining in service. Remove portions of utility being abandoned from influence zones of structures, manholes or underground piping. Plug or cap ends of piping being abandoned as specified. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of regulatory agencies and utility companies. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prior to removal of structures,accomplish following. 1. OWNER release of such structure. 2. Electrical,process,and plumbing services rerouted or shut off outside area of demolition. 3. Salvage items scheduled for reuse in new Work or scheduled to be delivered to OWNER'S storage facility. B. Protection: 1. Do not close or obstruct streets,walks or other facilities occupied and used by OWNER and public without prior written permission from OWNER and other authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Structural stability of structures adjacent to or affected by Work of this Contract shall be CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. 3. Maintain in service and protect from damage existing facilities,utilities,and equipment to remain. 02 41 10-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 C. Utilities: 1. Notify utilities prior to razing operations to permit them to disconnect,remove or relocate equipment serving existing facilities. D. Salvageable Materials: 1. Salvaged material and equipment to be retained by OWNER shall be located on-site where indicated _ by ENGINEER. 2. Materials to be salvaged and retained by OWNER include: a. Pumps. b. Piping. c. Other items noted on Drawings. 3. Equipment and materials not scheduled to be salvaged or reused in new Work shall become property of CONTRACTOR and legally disposed of off-site. E. Schedule: 1. Perform demolition,removal,and abandonment work so as not to interfere with OWNER'S operations and Work of other Contractors. ., 2. Coordinate demolition,removal,and abandonment work with other Contractors so new construction Work installed before,during,and after Work of this section may commence without undue delay. 3.02 GENERAL A. Structures to be Removed: 1. Existing pump station wet well. 2. Existing pump station valve vault. '�B. Piping and Equipment to be Abandoned or Removed: 1. Existing sanitary force main. 3.03 REMOVAL OPERATIONS A. Remove existing concrete structures as indicated on Drawings. ,. B. Remove utilities and piping to elevations and location shown on Drawings and plug and seal permanently with steel cap, concrete plug or other approved method in accordance with specified abandonment procedures. C. Remove abandoned utilities and underground piping within influence zone of proposed underground piping and proposed structures. 3.04 ABANDONMENT OPERATIONS A. Abandon utilities and underground piping within limits noted. B. Provide concrete plugs for piping. Plug shall be IDOT Class C concrete and minimum of 2 ft thick. 02 41 10-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 3.05 DISPOSAL — A. Dispose of sludge, debris, and other undesirable and unsalvageable material resulting from demolition operations. B. Refer to Section 31 23 05 for material classified as earth fill. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 02 41 10-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 26 05 02 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Raceway Systems 2. Wire,Cables and Connectors 3. Wiring Devices 4. Motor Starters 5. Motor and Circuit Disconnects _ 6. Fuses 7. Panelboards 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Approval of equipment supplied in this section is contingent upon CONTRACTOR verification of available fault current from electric utility. 1. Notify ENGINEER if available fault current is higher than specified equipment. B. Product Data: 1. Submit for disconnects, motor starters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and overcurrent protective devices. 2. Product data sheets with printed installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit for motor starters. 2. Show enclosure dimensions,nameplate nomenclature,electrical ratings,and thermal unit schedule. 3. Wiring diagrams and schematics. D. Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Data: 1. Maintenance data for materials and products for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual. E. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Term"NRTL"shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code(NEC),Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. 26 05 02-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit: NEMA C80.1. B. Plastic-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. 2.02 FITTINGS A. Fittings for steel conduits: '— 1. Steel or malleable iron,zinc galvanized or cadmium plated. 2. Do not use set screw or indentor type fittings. _ 3. Do not use aluminum or die cast fittings. 4. GRS Connectors and Couplings: a. Threaded. b. Insulated throat. c. Gland compression type. d. Rain and concrete type. _ 5. Comply with ANSI C80.4. 6. Comply with NEMA FB 1,compatible with conduit materials. B. Conduit bodies: 1. Malleable iron with galvanized finish. C. Fittings for flexible metal conduit. 1. Insulated throat type. 2. Threaded. 3. Grounding type. 4. Liquidtight: 1 piece sealing"0"rings with connectors when entering boxes or enclosures. D. Expansion Joints: 1. Conduit expansion fittings complete with copper bonding jumper,Cooper Crouse-Hinds Type XJ. 2. Conduit expansion/deflection fittings with copper bonding jumper,Cooper Crouse-Hinds Type XD. E. Seals: 1. Wall entrance,OZ/Gedney Type FSK or FSC. F. Drain Fittings: 1. Automatic Drain Breather: a. Explosionproof. 1) Safe for Class I,Groups C and D. _ b. Capable of passing minimum 25 cc water/min and minimum 0.05 cu ft air/min at atmospheric pressure. 26 05 02-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 2. Condensate Drain: a. Conduit outlet body,Type T. b. Threaded,galvanized plug with 3/16 in.drilled holed through plug. G. Hazardous Areas: 1. Explosionproof. 2. Horizontal seal fittings,Cooper Crouse-Hinds Type EYS. 3. Vertical seal fittings,Cooper Crouse-Hinds Type EYD. 4. Vertical seal fittings shall have drain plug. 2.03 BOXES A. Of indicated types,sizes and NEMA enclosure classes. Where not indicated,provide units of types,sizes, and classes appropriate for use and location. Provide items complete with covers and accessories required for intended use. Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet locations. B. Fasteners: 1. General Use: Corrosion resistant screws and hardware including cadmium and zinc plated items. 2. Damp or Wet Locations: Stainless steel screws and hardware. C. Outlet Boxes: 1. Boxes shall be of type,shape,size,and depth to suit each location and application. 2. Steel Boxes: Sheet steel with stamped knockouts,threaded screw holes and accessories suitable for each location including mounting brackets and straps,cable clamps,exterior rings and fixture studs. D. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Boxes shall have screwed or bolted on covers of material same as box and shall be of size and shape to suit application. 2. Galvanized Steel Boxes: Flat rolled,code gauge,sheet steel with welded seams. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Cover shall be gasketed. 3. Stainless-Steel Boxes: Fabricate of stainless steel conforming to Type 304 of ASTM A167. Cover shall be gasketed. 4. Boxes Approved for Classified Locations: Cast metal or cast nonmetallic boxes conforming to UL 886 listed and labeled for use in specific location classification,and with specific hazardous material encountered. Conduit entrances shall be integral threaded type. 2.04 WIRES,CABLES,AND CONNECTORS A. Building wires and cables with insulation type,cable construction,and rating as required to meet application and NEC requirements. B. Manufacturers: 1. Wire and Cable: a. Southwire. b. Houston Wire and Cable. c. Belden. d. American Insulated Wire Corp. e. Republic Wire. 26 05 02-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 f. Superior Essex. 2. Connectors: a. FCI-Burndy. b. Thomas and Betts. c. Blackburn,Thomas and Betts. C. Copper wire only. D. 600v insulation(ASTM standard compounds)and color code conductors for low voltage(secondary feeders and branch circuits)as required by NEC. 1. Type THWN Stranded: Single conductor No. 12 AWG minimum for branch circuit and feeder conductors size No. 8 AWG and smaller. 2. Type XHHW Stranded: Single conductor for branch circuits,feeders,and service conductors larger than No. 8 AWG. 3. Provide grounding conductor when run with circuit conductors with same insulation as circuit conductors. 4. Type USE-2 Stranded: Single conductor for under-ground direct burial. 5. Type THWN Stranded: Single conductor No. 12 AWG minimum for 120v control wiring and No. 14 AWG minimum for graphic indication,nonshielded instrumentation and other control wiring operating _ at less than 120v unless otherwise noted on Drawings. a. Provide high density polyethylene jacketed multi-wire cable assemblies in underground conduit or duct. 6. PVC insulation,tinned copper(19 by 27)stranded,No. 16 AWG,twisted pair cabled with aluminum mylar shielding,stranded,tinned,No. 18 AWG copper drain wire,and overall black FR-PVC,90°C, 600 volt jacket for interference sensitive instrumentation wiring. a. Provide high density polyethylene jacket on cables installed below ground and in duct encasements. E. Joints,Taps,and Splices: 1. Joints, Taps, and Splices in Conductors No. 10 AWG and Smaller: UL listed preinsulated compression spring-type solderless connectors. 2. Joints,Taps,and Splices in Conductors No. 8 AWG and Larger: Solderless 2 or 4-bolt compression type connectors of type that will not loosen under vibration or normal strains. F. Terminations: 1. Power Conductors: Compression crimp type lugs. 2. Control and Instrumentation Conductors: Compression crimp type fork tongue,insulated support type lugs on terminal strips. Do not splice. 2.05 WIRING DEVICES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Wiring Device Division. 2. Pass and Seymour/Legrand _ 3. Appleton Electric Company. 4. Cooper Crouse-Hinds Company. 26 05 02-4 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 B. Color: Ivory unless otherwise indicated or required by NEC. C. Switches: 1. General Use Lighting Switches: 20 amp toggle,equal to Hubbell No. 1221-I series. D. Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles(GFCI). 1. Ratings: 120 vac.,20 amp. 2. Tripping Requirement: UL Class A. 3. Construction: a. Shallow depth. b. Line and load terminal screws. c. Noise suppression. d. Feed through. e. Standard duplex wall plates shall fit. f. NEMA 5-20R configuration. 4. Meet requirements of UL 943 ground-fault circuit interrupters. F. Wiring Device Plates and Covers: 1. Wall plates for wiring devices with ganging and cut-outs as indicated,provided with metal screws for securing plates to devices,screw heads colored to match finish of plate. 2. Plates for Devices: a. Hubbell 302/304 stainless steel. 2.06 MOTOR STARTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D, Schneider Electric. 2. Eaton Electrical. B. Magnetic Starters: 1. Minimum short circuit withstand rating in combination with motor circuit protective device shall be 22,000 symmetrical amps or as indicated on Drawings. C. Magnetic Motor Starter Construction: 1. Full voltage,nonreversing,across the line,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Mounted in vertical position,gravity dropout. 3. Double break silver alloy contacts. 4. Molded coil. 5. Contacts and coil replacement without removing starter from enclosure or power wiring from starter. 6. Straight-through wiring. 7. Overload Relay: a. Electronic solid state type with inverse-time-current characteristic, phase loss and phase unbalance protection for size 2 and larger. _ b. 1-piece thermal unit construction for size 1. c. 1 melting alloy type overload relay per phase,manually reset. d. Interchangeable thermal units. 26 05 02-5 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 e. Thermal units must be in-place to operate starter. f. Replaceable overload relay circuit contacts. g. NEMA Class 10 heaters or sensors in each phase matched to nameplate full load current of motor,unless otherwise indicated. 8. NEMA standards for size and hp rating. 9. NEMA Size 2 minimum. D. Combination Starter: 1. Combination Starters: a. Thermal magnetic circuit breaker type. b. Three-pole,three-phase NEMA size as indicated with three melting alloy or solid state overload relays. _ E. Control Circuits: 1. Voltage not to exceed 120v. 2. Control transformer mounted in starter enclosure. 3. Fuses on one secondary line. 4. One secondary line grounded. — 5. Transformer sized for device,accessories connected thereto,and 25%extra capacity minimum. 2.07 MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D, Schneider Electric. — 2. Eaton Electrical. B. Permanent Trip Circuit Breakers: 1. Thermal and magnetic protection. 2. Single magnetic trip adjustment. 3. Single-handle common trip,2 and 3 poles(handle ties not acceptable). 4. Push-to-trip test button. 5. Quick make and break toggle action. 6. Handle trip indication. 7. Handle position indication,On,Off,and Tripped centered. 8. UL listed for type of wire specified. 9. UL listed short circuit rating(integrated equipment rating). a. Up to 240v: 25,000 RMS symmetrical amp minimum. 2.08 FUSES A. Manufacturers: 1. Cooper Bussmann. — 2. Ferraz Shawmut. 3. Littelfuse. 26 05 02-6 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 2.09 PANELBOARDS - A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D,Schneider Electric. 2. Eaton Electrical. B. Panelboard Ratings: 1. UL listed short circuit rating(integral equipment rating): a. Up to 240v: 22,000 RMS symmetrical amp minimum. C. Panelboard Construction: 1. Main main lugs only. 2. Surface mounted as indicated on panelboard schedule. 3. NEMA Type 4 enclosure,unless otherwise indicated on panelboard schedule. 4. Equipment ground bus adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors,bonded to box. 5. Molded case circuit breakers. 6. Terminals: a. UL listed for type of wire specified. b. Anti-turn solder-less compression type. 7. Bussing: a. Distributed phase sequence type. _ b. 225 amps, 98% conductivity hard drawn copper or as shown on panelboard schedule or Drawings. c. Copper. d. Bussing and mounting hardware behind all usable space. 8. Gutters adequate for wire size used,4 in.minimum. 9. Boxes: a. Code gauge galvanized steel. b. Without knockouts. 10. Fronts: a. Rust inhibiting primer,baked enamel finish. b. Dead front safety type. c. Concealed hinges. d. Flush stainless steel cylinder tumbler type locks with spring loaded door pulls. e. Circuit Directory: 1) Suitable for complete descriptions. 2) Clear plastic cover. 3) Typewritten card. 11. Special features as shown on Drawings. 12. Engraved laminated nameplate: a. Stock melamine plastic laminate. 26 05 02-7 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 b. Legend in black letters on white face and punched for mechanical fasteners. _ c. Except as otherwise indicated,provide single line of text,with 1/2 in.high lettering on 1-1/2 in. high label (2 in. high where two lines are required). Text shall match terminology and numbering of Contract Documents and Shop Drawings. D. Panelboard Circuit Breakers: 1. Thermal and magnetic protection. _ 2. Single-handle common trip,2 and 3 poles(handle ties not acceptable). 3. Bolt-on type unless otherwise noted on Drawings. 4. Quick make and break toggle action. 5. Handle trip indication. 6 Handle position indication,On,Off,and Tripped centered. 7. UL listed for type of wire specified. 8. UL listed short circuit rating(integrated equipment rating). a. Up to 240v: 22,000 RMS symmetrical amp minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY SYSTEMS A. Outdoors,Damp or Wet Locations: Use following wiring methods unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. Exposed: Galvanized rigid steel. 2. Underground Power: PVC-coated steel conduit. 3. Underground Shielded Instrumentation Control and Cables: PVC-coated steel conduit. B. Hazardous Classified Locations: Use following wiring methods unless otherwise noted on Drawings. 1. Exposed PVC-coated steel conduit. C. Use 3/4 in.minimum trade size conduit unless otherwise noted except conduit runs to room light switches maybe 1/2 in. D. PVC coated galvanized rigid steel conduits may be used underground without concrete encasement. 1. Underground conduit shall be minimum of 1 in.,buried at depth of not less than 24 in.below grade. 2. Provide conduits or ducts terminating below grade with means to prevent entry of dirt and moisture. E. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Comply with Section 03 30 10 and the following: 1. Use galvanized rigid steel conduit. 2. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. 3. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. 4. Install in middle third of slab thickness where practical, and leave at least 1 in. (25 mm) concrete cover. 5. Run conduit larger than 1 in.trade size parallel to or at right angles to main reinforcement and spaced on center of at least 3 times conduit trade diameter with minimum 2 in.concrete covering. Conduits over 1 in.may not be installed in slab without approval of ENGINEER. 6. When at right angles to reinforcement,place conduit close to slab support. 7. Conduits embedded in concrete frame shall comply with applicable provisions of ACI 318/318R. _ F. Examine surfaces to receive raceways,wireways,and fittings for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of raceway system. 26 05 02-8 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 G. Coordinate layout and installation of raceway and boxes with other construction elements to ensure adequate headroom,working clearance,and access. H. Complete conduit installation prior to installing cables. I. Raceway systems shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and from outlets to cabinets,junction or pull boxes. J. Enter and secure to boxes ensuring electrical continuity from point of service to outlets. K. Conduit shall be run concealed except exposed surface conduit may be installed where noted on Drawings or _ where concealment found to be impractical or impossible,and only with approval of ENGINEER. L. Provide watertight conduit system where installed in wet places,underground or where buried in masonry or concrete. 1. Use threaded hubs when entering top of enclosures. 2. Use sealing type locknuts when entering sides or bottom of enclosures. M. Conduit runs extending through areas of different temperature or atmospheric conditions or partly indoors and partly outdoors shall be sealed,drained, and installed in manner preventing drainage of condensed or entrapped moisture into cabinets,motors or equipment enclosures. N. Route conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings not interfering with tile panel removals. O. Cap conduits after installation to prevent entry of debris. P. Connections to motors and equipment subject to vibration shall be maximum of 3 ft long. Locate where least subject to physical abuse. Q. Install conduit expansion fittings complete with bonding jumper in following locations. 1. Conduit runs crossing structural expansion joint. 2. Conduit runs attached to 2 separate structures. 3. Conduit runs where movement perpendicular to axis of conduit may be encountered. R. Use approved flexible connections in hazardous locations. S. Use explosion proof fittings and seals in hazardous areas in accordance with NEC. T. PVC Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit: Use only fittings approved for use with that material. Patch nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduit. 3.02 BOXES A. Cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed and plug unused conduit hubs. B. Support and fasten items in accordance with Section 26 05 29. C. Do not bum holes,use knockout punches or saw. D. Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation such as mounting brackets,fixture studs,cable clamps,and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations. — 26 05 02-9 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 E. Sizes shall be adequate to meet NEC volume requirements,but in no case smaller than sizes indicated. F. Location of outlets and equipment shown on Drawings is approximate. Verify exact location. G. Minor modification in location of outlets and equipment is considered incidental up to distance of 10 ft with no additional compensation,provided notification of modification is given prior to roughing in of outlet. H. Outlet Boxes and Fittings: Install outlet and device boxes and associated covers and fittings of materials and NEMA types for each location in conformance with following requirements unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. In Control Panel: Sheet steel,NEMA type 1 boxes with threaded conduit hubs for surface mounting. — I. Splice Boxes: Stainless steel,NEMA Type 4X. 3.03 WIRE AND CABLE A. Install wires and cables as indicated,according to manufacturer's written instructions and NECA"Standard of Installation". B. Run wire and cable in conduit unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. C. On branch circuits,use standard colors. D. Run ground wire with power circuits;conduit shall not be grounding path. E. Provide separate conduit systems for following. 1. Line voltage control. _ 2. Low voltage control. 3. Shielded instrumentation. 4. As required by NEC. F. Where power cables and instrument/signal cables enter and pass through same [manhole,handhole or] distribution box, steel barrier or steel conduit separation shall be maintained to avoid magnetic interaction between power cables and instrumentation conductors. — G. Run instrumentation cable into control cabinets only if terminated therein. H. Terminate control,instrumentation,and communication cables on terminal strips in separate terminal cabinets located near conduit entrances of buildings or as shown on Drawings. I. Color Coding: Conductors for lighting and power wiring as indicated below. Phase 120/208v A Black — B Red C Blue Neutral White Ground Green J. Color coding for intrinsically safe systems shall be light blue. — 26 05 02-10 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 3.04 JOINTS,TAPS,AND SPLICES A. Where preinsulated spring connectors are used for motor and equipment connections,tape connector to wire to prevent loosening under vibration. B. Each tap,joint or splice in conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be taped with 2 half-lap layers of vinyl plastic electrical tape and finish wrap of color coding tape where required by code. C. Cable splices shall be made only in,handholes,wireways,distribution boxes,and junction boxes. 3.05 WIRING DEVICES A. Do not install devices until wiring is complete. B. Do not use terminals on wiring devices(hot or neutral)for feed-through connections,looped or otherwise. Make circuit connections by using wire connectors and pigtails. C. Ground receptacles with insulated green ground wire from device ground screw to bolted outlet box connection or as shown on Drawings. 3.06 MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS A. Overcurrent protective devices. 1. Install fuses just prior to energizing equipment. 2. Locate circuit breakers as shown on Drawings. 3.07 PANELBOARDS A. Support panel cabinets independently to structure with no weight bearing on conduits. B. Install panelboards so top breaker is not higher than 6 ft 0 in. above floor. '— C. Install typewritten directory in each panelboard,accurately indicating rooms or equipment being served after final circuit changes have been made to balance circuit loads. D. Install filler plates in unused spaces. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Control Circuits,Branch Circuits,Feeders,Motor Circuits,and Transformers: 1. Megger check of phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation levels. a. Do not megger check solid state equipment. 2. Continuity. 3. Short circuit. 4. Operational check. B. Wiring Devices: 1. Test receptacles with Hubbell 5200,Woodhead 1750 or equal tester for correct polarity,proper ground connection,and wiring faults. 26 05 02-11 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 3.09 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING _ A. Motor Starters and Disconnects: 1. Adjust covers and operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. — 2. Tighten wire and cable connections. 3. Verify over-current protection thermal unit size with motor nameplate to provide proper operation and compliance with NEC. 4. Clean interior of enclosures. 5. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. B. Circuit Breakers: 1. Adjustable settings shall be set to provide selective coordination,proper operation,and compliance with NEC. _ ** *END OF SECTION* * * 26 05 02-12 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Grounding of electrical systems and equipment and basic requirements for grounding for protection of life,equipment,circuits,and systems. 2. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other Sections of these Specifications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Report of Field Tests and Observations: Certified by CONTRACTOR. B. Test Results: 1. Certified field tests and observation reports indicating and interpreting test reports for compliance with performance requirements. C. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with UL 467. B. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Term"NRTL"shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. C. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS MIN 2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS A. Governing Requirements: Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of NEC requirements,more stringent requirements and greater size,rating,and quantity indications govern. 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Conform to NEC,Table 8,except as otherwise indicated,for conductor properties,including stranding. 1. Material: Copper. B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green color insulation. 26 05 26-1 LaPorte PS-60279867 C. Grounding-Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable. D. Underground Conductors: Bare,tinned,stranded,except as otherwise indicated. E. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3. 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS A. Grounding Bus: Bare,annealed-copper bars of rectangular cross section. B. Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape,braided No. 30 AWG bare copper wire,terminated with copper ferrules. C. Bonding Straps: Soft copper,0.05 in. (1 mm)thick and 2 in. (50 mm)wide,except as indicated. 2.04 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units. B. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty type. C. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Provided in kit form and selected per manufacturer's written instructions for specific types,sizes,and combinations of conductors and connected items. 2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES AND TEST WELLS A. Grounding Rods: Copper-clad steel. i 1. Size: 3/4 in.by 120 in. (19 by 3000 mm). B. Test Wells: Fabricate from 15 in. (400 mm) long, square-cut sections of 8 in. (200 mm) diameter, Schedule 80,PVC pipe or as detailed on Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Comply with NEC, Article 250 for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors,except where specific types,larger sizes,or more conductors than required by NEC are indicated. 1. Install equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for items below in addition to those required by Code: a. Feeders and branch circuits. b. Lighting circuits. c. Receptacle circuits. _ d. Three-phase motor or appliance branch circuits. B. Separately Derived Systems: Where NEC requires grounding,ground according to NEC,Paragraph 250-26. 26 05 26-2 LaPorte PS-60279867 C. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Ground pole to grounding electrode in addition to separate equipment grounding conductor run with supply branch circuit. D. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Bond electric power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electric service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding conductor and install in conduit. E. Piping Systems and Other Equipment: Comply with NEC Article 250 for bonding requirements. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Ground electrical systems and equipment according to NEC requirements, except where Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements. B. Grounding Rods: Locate minimum of 1 rod length from each other and at least same distance from any other grounding electrode. 1. Drive until tops are 2 in.(50 mm)below finished floor or final grade,except as otherwise indicated. _ 2. Interconnect with grounding-electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds,except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make these connections without damaging copper coating or exposing steel. C. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible,except as otherwise indicated. — Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain,impact,or damage. D. Underground Grounding Conductors: Use bare copper wire. Bury at least 24 in. (600 mm)below grade. E. Test Wells: One for each driven grounding electrode system,except as otherwise indicated. Set top of well flush with finished grade or floor. Fill with 1 in.25 mm)maximum-size crushed stone or gravel. 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware,conductors,and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity and to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean,bare metal at points of contact. 3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections, except those at test wells. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C. Equipment Grounding-Wire Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger,use pressure-type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors. D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: Where metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing,terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding 26 05 26-3 LaPorte P5-60279867 conductors,except as otherwise indicated. E. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression-type connectors on conductors and make bolted- and clamped-type connections between conductors and grounding rods. F. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where these requirements are not available, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. G. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make visible indication that connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor. H. Moisture Protection: Where insulated grounding conductors are connected to grounding rods or grounding buses,insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test in accordance with Section 26 08 20. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. Subject completed grounding system to megger test at each location where maximum ground-resistance level is specified,at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal,and at ground test wells. 2. Measure ground resistance not less than 2 full days after last trace of precipitation,and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. 3. Perform tests by 2 point method according to Section 9.03 of IEEE 81. B. Maximum grounding to resistance values are as follows: 1. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: Where resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify ENGINEER promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance and to accomplish recommended work. D. Report: Prepare certified test reports, of ground resistance at each test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. 3.07 RESTORATION !' A. Restore surface features,including vegetation,at areas disturbed by work of this Section. 1. Re-establish original grades,except as otherwise indicated. 2. Where sod has been removed,replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. 3. Restore areas disturbed by trenching,storing of dirt,cable laying,and other activities to their original condition. '- 4. Include topsoiling,fertilizing,liming,seeding,sodding,sprigging,and mulching. 5. Maintain restored surfaces. 6. Restore disturbed paving. -- * * *END OF SECTION* * * 26 05 26-4 LaPorte PS-60279867 SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL — 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Supports from building structure for electrical items by means of hangers,supports,anchors,sleeves, inserts,seals,and associated fastenings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing laboratory(NRTL). 1. Term"NRTL"shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. B. Regulatory requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel or malleable iron. -- B. Aluminum where indicated. C. Stainless steel where indicated. 2.02 COATINGS A. Protect steel and malleable iron supports,support hardware,and fasteners with zinc coating. B. Products for use outdoors. C. Use PVC coating where indicated on Drawings. 2.03 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Raceway Supports: Clevis hangers,riser clamps,conduit straps,threaded C-clamps with retainers,ceiling trapeze hangers,wall brackets,and spring steel clamps. B. Fasteners: Types,materials,and construction features as follows: 1. Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel wedge or sleeve type. 2. Toggle Bolts: All steel springhead type. 3. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel,designed specifically for intended service. 26 05 29-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 4. Nuts,Washers,and Bolts: Stainless steel in outdoor applications. C. Conduit Sealing Bushings: Factory-fabricated watertight conduit sealing bushing assemblies suitable for Sealing around conduit passing through concrete floors and walls. Construct seals with steel sleeve,malleable iron body,neoprene sealing grommets or rings,metal pressure rings,pressure clamps,and cap screws. D. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser conduits. Provide plugs with number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit individual risers. E. U-Channel Systems: Channels,with 9/16-in.dia holes,at minimum of 8 in.on center,in top surface. Provide fittings and accessories that mate and match with U-channel and are of same manufacture. 2.04 FABRICATED SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Shop-or field-fabricate supports or manufacture supports assembled from U-channel components. B. Brackets: Fabricated of angles, channels, and other standard structural shapes. Connect with welds and machine bolts to form rigid supports. Comply with Section 05 50 00.C. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of 1 of following: 1. Sheet Metal: Fabricate from galvanized sheet metal;round tube closed with snaplock joint,welded spiral seams, or welded longitudinal joint. Fabricate sleeves from following gage metal for sleeve diameter noted: a. 3 in.and smaller: 20 ga. b. 4 in. to 6 in.: 16 ga. c. Over 6 in.: 14 ga. _ 2. Steel Pipe:Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. 3. Plastic Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 80 PVC plastic pipe. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install supporting devices to fasten electrical components securely and permanently in accordance with NEC requirements. B. Coordinate with structural system and with other electrical installation. C. Raceway Supports:Comply with NEC and following requirements: 1. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selection and installation of supports. 2. Strength of each support shall be adequate to carry present and future load multiplied by safety factor of at least 4. Where this determination results in safety allowance of less than 200 lbs, provide additional strength until there is minimum of 200 lbs safety allowance in strength of each support. 3. Install individual and multiple (trapeze) raceway hangers and riser clamps as necessary to support raceways. Provide U-bolts,clamps,attachments,and other hardware necessary for hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and conduits. 4. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze-type hangers. ._ 26 05 29-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 5. Support individual horizontal raceways by separate pipe hangers. Spring steel fasteners maybe used in lieu of hangers only for 1 in. and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings only. For hanger rods with spring steel fasteners,use 1/4 in. dia or larger threaded steel. Use spring steel fasteners that are specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing. 6. In vertical runs,arrange support so load produced by weight of raceway and enclosed conductors is carried entirely by conduit supports with no weight load on raceway terminals. D. Vertical Conductor Supports:Install simultaneously with installation of conductors. E. Miscellaneous Supports:Support miscellaneous electrical components as required to produce same structural safety factors as specified for raceway supports. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards,disconnects,control enclosures,pull boxes,junction boxes,transformers,and other devices. F. Sleeves: Install in concrete slabs and walls and other fire-rated floors and walls for raceways and cable installations. For sleeves through fire rated-wall or floor construction,apply UL listed firestopping sealant in —' gaps between sleeves and enclosed conduits and cables. G. Conduit Seals: Install seals for conduit penetrations of slabs below grade and exterior walls below grade and where indicated. Tighten sleeve seal screws until sealing grommets have expanded to form watertight seal. H. Conduit extending through roof shall pass through ceiling box at roof line. 1. Provide 14 ga minimum copper box complete with watertight soldered seams and flanged to serve as pitch pocket for each conduit. 2. Install conduit and pitch pocket in advance of roofing work. I. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, fasten electrical items and their supporting hardware securely to building structure, including but not limited to conduits,raceways, cables, cable trays,busways, cabinets, panelboards,transformers,boxes,disconnect switches,and control components in accordance with following: 1. Fasten by means of wood screws or screw-type nails on wood,toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or solid masonry,and machine screws,welded threaded studs,or spring-tension clamps on steel.Threaded studs driven by powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used instead of expansion bolts and machine or wood screws. Do not weld conduit,pipe straps,or items other than threaded studs to steel structures. In partitions of light steel construction,use sheet metal screws. 2. Holes cut in concrete shall not cut main reinforcing bars. Fill holes that are not used. 3. Load applied to any fastener shall not exceed 25% of proof test load. Use vibration- and shock- resistant fasteners for attachments to concrete slabs. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 26 05 29-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 26 05 43 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ducts. 2. Duct banks. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Duct: General term for electrical conduit and other raceway,either metallic or nonmetallic,specified for use underground,embedded in earth or concrete. B. Duct Bank: Group of 2 or more ducts in continuous run between 2 points. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals are not required if CONTRACTOR supplies materials or equipment of specified or named manufacturers. If CONTRACTOR proposes substitutions to material or equipment of specified or named manufacturers,submittals identified below are required. 1. Product data. 2. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. — 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Term`NRTL' shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms `listed' and`labeled' shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordination of Work: 1. Coordinate layout and installation of ducts as influenced by actual final location of other utilities in field. 2. Coordinate elevations of duct with final profiles of ducts and raceways as determined by coordination with other utilities,underground obstructions,and buildings. 3. Establish locations and elevations to suit field conditions and assure duct runs drain as shown on Drawings. ` 26 05 43-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. Comply with Section 26 05 02. 2.02 RACEWAY/DUCT SEALING COMPOUND A. Compound: 1. Non-hardening,putty-like consistency workable at temperatures as low as 35°F. 2. Compound shall not slump at temperature of 300°F and shall readily adhere to clean surfaces ofplastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials,and common metals. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WIRING METHOD A. General: Install ducts for wiring runs indicated. Provide sizes as indicated. B. Duct and Duct Bank Runs: PVC externally coated rigid steel conduit,direct buried in earth. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Conform to Section 31 23 33 except as modified below: 1. Do not use heavy-duty,hydraulic-operated compaction equipment. _. 2. Excavation: Cut trenches neatly and uniformly,and slope uniformly to required pitch. 3. For direct-buried,non-encased ducts prepare trench bottoms free from stones,soft spots,and sharp objects. Where necessary,add 3 in.layer of stone-free sand or earth to trench bottom and compact to density of adjacent undisturbed soil to provide suitable bearing for ducts. Backfill over and around ducts on bottom of trench with stone-free sand or earth to 6 in. minimum above tops of ducts and compact by hand or pneumatic tamper to density of adjacent undisturbed earth. 4. For each additional layer of direct-buried ducts above bottom ducts, backfill over and around each layer of ducts with stone-free sand or earth to 12 in. minimum above tops of ducts and compact by hand or pneumatically to density of adjacent undisturbed earth. 5. Separation Between Direct-Buried,Non-encased Ducts: 3 in.minimum for like services,and 6 in. minimum between power and signal ducts. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF DUCTS A. Slope: Pitch ducts to drain fittings. Minimum slope shall be 4 in.in 100 ft. Where necessary to achieve this between manholes,slope ducts from low point in run to drain in both directions. B. Curves and Bends: Use manufactured elbows for stub-ups at equipment and at building entrances. For other curves and bends,except as otherwise indicated,use manufactured long sweep bends with minimum radius of 24 in. in both horizontal and vertical directions. C. For ducts containing fiber optic cables,provide bends with minimum radius of 20 times cable diameter. D. Make joints in ducts and fittings watertight in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in same plane. 26 05 43-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 E. Stub-ups: Duct stub-ups to equipment shall be galvanized rigid steel. For equipment mounted on outdoor concrete pads or racks, steel conduit shall extend minimum of 5 ft away from edge of pad or rack. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for purpose and encased concrete. F. Sealing: For ducts to be wired in this Project,provide temporary closure at terminations. For spare ducts, seal bore of ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs as required to withstand 15 psi minimum hydrostatic pressure. G. Pulling Cord: Provide 100 lb test nylon cord in ducts including spares. H. Marker Tape: Provide plastic marker tape over ducts at 12 in.below finished grade. 3.04 TESTING A. Field Quality Control: 1. Duct Integrity: Rod ducts with mandrell 1/4 in. smaller in diameter than internal diameter of ducts. Where rodding indicates obstructions in ducts,remove obstructions and retest. 3.05 CLEANING AND RESTORATION A. Clean Ducts: Clean full length of ducts with round bristle brush with dia 1/2 in.greater than internal diameter of duct. 3.06 RESTORATION A. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades except as otherwise indicated. — B. Where sod has been removed,replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. C. Restore all areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work to their original condition. D. Include necessary topsoiling,fertilizing,liming, seeding,sodding,sprigging,or mulching. E. Restore disturbed paving as indicated. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 26 05 43-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 26 05 53 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification of electrical materials,equipment,and installations. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit for each type of product specified. B. Samples: 1. Submit for each color, lettering style, and or graphic representation required for identification materials;samples of labels and signs. C. Miscellaneous: 1. Schedule of identification nomenclature to be used for identification signs and labels. D. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified application,selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ASME A13.1,NFPA 70,or as specified elsewhere. B. Conform to ASME A13.1,Table 3,for minimum size of letters for legend and minimum length of color field for each raceway or cable size. 2.02 ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified application,selection is Installer's option, but provides single type for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ASME A13.1,NFPA 70,or as specified elsewhere. B. Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate, 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) minimum thick for signs up to 20 sq in. (129 sq cm), 1/8 in. (3.2 mm)thick for larger sizes. 26 05 53-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 1. Engraved Legend: Black letters on white face. 2. Punched for mechanical fasteners. -' C. Baked Enamel Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs,punched for fasteners,with colors,legend, and size as indicated or as otherwise required for application. 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) grommets in corners for mounting. D. Exterior,Metal Backed,Butyrate Signs: Wear resistant,non-fading,preprinted,cellulose acetate butyrate _ signs with 0.0396 in. (1 mm), galvanized steel backing, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to application. 1/4 in. (6.4 mm)grommets in corners for mounting. E. Fasteners for Plastic Laminated and Metal Signs: Self tapping stainless steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts,flat washers and lock washers. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert,self extinguishing, 1 piece,self locking,Type 6/6 nylon cable ties with following features: 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 in. (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb(22.3 kg)minimum. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 185°F(-4 to 85°C). 4. Color: As indicated where used for color coding. PART 3 EXECUTION -- 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install identification devices according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.C. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and or designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations used in Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project. D. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish,install identification after completion of finish work. E. Self Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces of dust,loose material,and oily films before applying. F. Identify Paths of Underground Electrical Lines: During trench backfilling,for exterior underground power, control,signal,and communications lines,install continuous underground plastic line marker located directly above line at 6 to 8 in. (150 to 200 mm)below finished grade. Where multiple lines installed in common trench or concrete envelope do not exceed an overall width of 16 in. (400 mm),use single line marker. 1. Install line marker for underground wiring,both direct buried and in raceway. 26 05 53-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 G. Color Code Conductors: Secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors throughout secondary electrical system. 1. Field applied,color coding methods may be used in lieu of factory coded wire for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG. a. Colored,pressure sensitive plastic tape in half lapped turns for distance of 6 in.(150 mm)from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last 2 turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use 1 in. (25 mm) wide tape in colors as specified. Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings. b. Colored cable ties applied in groups of 3 ties of specified color to each wire at each terminal or splice point starting 3 in. (76 mm)from terminal and spaced 3 in. (76 mm)apart. Apply with special tool or pliers,tighten to snug fit,and cut off excess length. 2. 120/208-V System: As follows: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. d. Neutral: White. e. Ground: Green. H. Power Circuit Identification: Use metal tags or aluminum wraparound marker bands for cables,feeders,and power circuits in vaults,pull boxes,junction boxes,manholes,and switchboard rooms. 1. Legend: 1/4 in.(6.4 mm)steel letter and number stamping or embossing with legend corresponding to indicated circuit designations. 2. Fasten tags with nylon cable ties; fasten bands using integral ears. Apply identification to conductors as follows: 1. Conductors to Be Extended in Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers. 2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor with source,voltage, circuit number,and phase. Use color coding for voltage and phase indication of secondary circuit. 3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use consistent system of tags,color coding,or cable marking tape. J. Apply warning,caution,and instruction signs and stencils as follows: 1. Install warning,caution,and instruction signs where indicated or required to ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved, plastic laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items. 2. Emergency Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8 in. (9 mm) high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding,and or emergency operations. 26 05 53-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 K. Install identification as follows: 1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each major unit of equipment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes communication, signal, and alarm systems,unless units are specified with their own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated,provide single line of text with 1/2 in. (13 mm)high lettering on 1-1/2 in. (38 mm)high label;where 2 lines of text are required,use lettering 2 in.(51 mm)high. Use black lettering on white field. Apply labels for each unit of following categories of equipment. a. Panelboards,electrical cabinets,and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Motor starters. .-- d. Push button stations. e. Power transfer equipment. f. Contactors. _ g. Control devices. h. Power generating units. 2. Apply designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches,breakers,push buttons, —' pilot lights,motor control centers,and similar items for power distribution and control components above,except panelboards and alarm/signal components where labeling is specified elsewhere. For panelboards,provide framed,typed circuit schedules with explicit description and identification of ._ items controlled by each individual breaker. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 26 05 53-4 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 26 08 10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DEMONSTRATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Demonstrate proper operation of electrical systems and equipment in presence of ENGINEER. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Demonstration log. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE A. Demonstrations: 1. Each piece of equipment. 2. Each integrated system. B. Demonstration Log: 1. Keep log of individual demonstrations. 2. Data: a. Date and time of demonstration. b. OWNER'S representative. c. Equipment or system demonstrated. d. Result of demonstration. 1) Success or fail. 2) If failure,description of failure. 3) Corrective action taken. 4) Redemonstration result. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 26 08 10-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 26 08 20 TESTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description of Work: 1. Prior to energizing equipment,perform inspections and tests as herein specified. 2. Ensure electrical equipment supplied by CONTRACTOR and OWNER is operational within industry and manufacturer's tolerances and installed in accordance with Specifications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: 1. Permanently record checks and tests. 2. Submit 7 copies of complete testing report no later than 30 days after testing complete. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Recommendations for acceptance or rejection shall be given upon consultation of ENGINEER,OWNER,and CONTRACTOR. B. Inspections and tests shall utilize following. 1. Project Specifications. 2. Project Drawings. 3. Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular apparatus. C. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. National Electrical Code(NEC)(NFPA 70)and Iowa amendments thereto. 2. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL). PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Test Work and equipment installed to ensure proper and safe operation in accordance with intent of Drawings and Specifications. 26 08 20-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 1. Check interlocking and automatic control sequences and test operation of safety and protective devices. 2. Correct defects. 3. Cooperate with Power Company, supplier,and manufacturer representatives to achieve proper and intended operation of equipment. B. Test,adjust,and record operating voltages at each system level before energizing branch circuits. 1. Transformer taps shall be adjusted to obtain as near as possible nominal system voltage. 2. Where transformer is under utility jurisdiction,obtain services of utility to correct voltage. 3. Replace devices and equipment damaged due to failure to comply with this requirement. C. Balance load among feeder conductors at each panelboard,switchboard or substation and reconnect loads as may be necessary to obtain reasonable load balance on each phase. Electrical unbalance shall not exceed 7-1/2%. 3.02 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: '— 1. Inspect ground system for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. B. Electrical Tests: 1. Fall of potential test in accordance with IEEE No. 81, Section 9.04 on main grounding electrode or system. 2. 2-point method test in accordance with IEEE No. 81, Section 9.03,to determine ground resistance between main grounding system and major electrical equipment frame,system neutral,and derived neutral points. — 3. Alternate to 2-point method. a. Ground continuity test between main ground system and equipment frame,system neutral,and derived neutral point. b. Test shall be made by passing minimum of 10 amp do current between ground reference system and ground point to be tested. c. Voltage drop shall be measured and resistance calculated by voltage drop method. C. Test Values: 1. Main ground electrode system resistance to ground shall be no greater than 5 ohms for commercial or industrial systems and 1 ohm or less for generating or transmission station grounds,unless otherwise specified by ENGINEER. 3.03 MOTOR STARTERS AND MOTORS A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Inspect for physical damage,proper anchorage,and grounding. 2. Compare equipment nameplate data with Drawings or starter schedule. 3. Compare overload heaters with motor full load current for proper size. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 26 08 20-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 31 10 12 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements for clearing and grubbing, salvaged topsoil, demolition, and miscellaneous surface features. B. Measurement and Payment: 1. Include cost of Work specified in this section in appropriate lump sum and unit prices specified in Bid Form,except clearing and grubbing which will be paid separately. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Structures and Surface Features: For purpose of this section, shall mean existing structures and surface features,including but not limited to buildings,pavements,curb and gutter,signs,posts,fences,trees,shrubs, landscaped surface features,and other miscellaneous items. B. Utilities: For purpose of this section,shall mean existing gas mains,water mains,steam liners,electric lines and conduits, telephone and other communication lines and conduits, sewer pipe, cable television, other utilities,and appurtenances. C. Salvaged Topsoil: Natural loam, sandy loam, silt loam, silty clay loam,or clay loam humus-bearing soils — available from overlying portions of areas to be excavated for construction. 1.03 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Provide 72 hr notice,prior to beginning construction,to owners of existing utilities,structures,and surface features. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide protection and support during construction for existing utilities, structures, and surface features adjacent to easements and rights-of-way shown on Drawings,and existing utilities, structures,and surface features located within easements and rights-of-way. B. Remove obstructions such as mounds of dirt,stone or debris located within working limits. Obstructions such as street signs, small culverts, end walls, advertising signs, and guard posts located within construction easements or rights-of-way, may be removed if promptly replaced to original condition unless otherwise specified in Contract Documents. 31 10 12-1 La Porte Rd PupmpSta-ForceMain-60279867 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Clearing and grubbing shall be in accordance with Section 2101 of the 2012 SUDAS Specifications. 3.03 SALVAGED TOPSOIL A. Excavate and temporarily stockpile salvaged topsoil in quantities adequate to restore areas as specified in Contract Documents. B. Provide transportation of material and sites for stockpiles if adequate areas not available within easements and rights-of-way shown on Drawings. 3.04 RESTORATION A. Restore existing utilities,surface features,and structures to condition equal to or exceeding condition which existed prior to construction. * * *END OF SECTION* * * ' 31 10 12-2 La Porte Rd PupmpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 31 23 05 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Influence Zone Under Foundations, Pavements, or Sidewalks: Area below foundation or pavement and sidewalk base bounded by 1 horizontal to 1 vertical slope extending outward from 1 ft beyond outer edges of foundation,pavement or sidewalk. B. Influence Zone Under Piping or Electrical Ducts: Area below limits bounded by line 6 in.below pipe or duct and by 1 horizontal to 1 vertical slope extending outward from that line 1 ft beyond outer edge ofpipe or duct. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Shoring, Bracing and Sheeting Layout and Details: ENGINEER will review submitted material to ascertain effect on new construction. ENGINEER will not review shoring,bracing,and sheeting for structural integrity or effect on existing facilities. B. Test Results: 1. Compaction testing results. 2. Additional soil testing as required herein. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Test results to verify fill materials meet specifications. D. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing: 1. Testing shall be provided by CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01 43 26 and this section. 2. Degree of Compaction: ASTM D1557,(Modified Proctor). 3. Moisture Content: Within 3%of optimum when placed and compacted,unless otherwise approved by ENGINEER. B. Sheeting, Shoring,and Bracing: 1. Sheeting, shoring,and bracing shall be designed by Professional Engineer registered in the state of Iowa. 2. Sheeting, shoring,and bracing shall conform to safety requirements of federal, state,or local public agency having jurisdiction over such matters. Most stringent of these requirements shall apply. 1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not block or obstruct sidewalks,roads,streets or pavements with excavated materials,except as authorized by OWNER. Trim banks to minimize inconvenience to public travel or tenants occupying adjoining property. 31 23 05-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 B. Sheeting,Shoring,and Bracing: 1. Sheeting,shoring,and bracing shall not affect structural integrity of new construction,watertightness or waterproofing of new construction, and shall allow for sufficient clearances necessary to install associated appurtenances adjacent to new construction. 2. Sheeting,shoring,and bracing,shall not penetrate walls or slabs of new construction unless approved by ENGINEER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL FILL A. Well-graded or poorly graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, well graded or poorly graded sands and gravelly sands or other approved granular material,of 2 in.maximum size,free from organic and deleterious materials. Classified as GW,GP,SW,or SP in Unified Soil Classification System. B. Plasticity Index: ASTM D4318, 6 or less. Plasticity Index shall be performed on fraction of material that passes the No.40 sieve. — C. Maximum Fines: ASTM D422, 10%passing No. 200 sieve. D. Uniformity Coefficient: 5 or greater. 2.02 EARTH FILL A. Subsoil,excess topsoil or sand,free of wood,peat,cinders,organic and deleterious matter or other rubbish. B. Rubble such as rock,boulders,concrete and other approved inorganic materials. _. 2.03 FREE-DRAINING FILL A. ASTM C33, Size No. 67. — B. Washed crushed stone,maximum fines: ASTM D422, 1%passing No.200 sieve. 2.04 FILTER FABRIC A. Manufacturers: 1. Mirafi 140NL by Ten Cate Nicolon. 2. Style 4545 by Amco Fabrics and Fibers Company. 3. 125EX by Linq Industrial Fabrics,Inc. 4. 401 by Synthetic Ind. 5. Or equal. B. Porous non-woven fabric with multiple layers of randomly arranged fibers,weighing not less than 4.0 oz/sq yd (typical). 2.05 SHEETING, SHORING,AND BRACING A. Type, design, detail, and installation of shoring, sheeting, and bracing shall be determined by and sole responsibility of CONTRACTOR. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 31 23 05-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 A. Testing: 1. One sieve analysis,plasticity index,and uniformity coefficient for each source of structural fill. 2. One sieve analysis for each source of free-draining fill. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Notify corporations, companies, individuals or authorities owning above or below ground conduits,wires, pipes or other utilities running to property or encountered during excavating operations. B. Cap or remove and relocate services in accordance with instructions by owners of said services. C. Protect, support,and maintain conduits,wires,pipes or other utilities that are to remain in accordance with requirements of owners of said services. 3.02 SHEETING,SHORING,AND BRACING A. Whenever necessary to prevent caving during excavation and to protect adjacent structures,property,workers, and public;excavations shall be sheeted,shored,and braced. B. When sheeting,shoring,and bracing is required,drive/install to prevent soil from entering excavation below or through sheeting. C. Keep sheeting in-place until structure is placed,tested,and backfilled. D. Remove sheeting,shoring,and bracing in manner not damaging structure or permitting voids within backfill. E. Fill settled areas remaining after sheeting has been pulled with sand or other approved material. — 3.03 FILL USAGE A. Structural: Within influence zone of footings, foundation slabs and floor slabs. Against structures within limits shown on Drawings. Within influence zone of pavements and sidewalks or under piping and electrical ducts. B. Earth: Other areas not previously specified. 1. Do not bury within vertical projection of influence zone of future construction. 2. Landscaped Areas: Cover with minimum of 3 ft of earth fill. 3. Place in single thickness,parallel layers with 6 in. of earth fill between. 3.04 DEWATERING A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for choosing method of groundwater control. B. If CONTRACTOR chooses to use deep wells or well points,wells and well points shall be designed,installed, .— and operated to prevent removal of in-situ materials. C. Keep construction site free-draining. D. Keep excavations free from water. 31 23 05-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 E. Maintain groundwater minimum of 12 in.below excavations. F. Remove soil disturbed by pressure or flow of groundwater and replace with free-draining material. G. Maintain dewatering systems to prevent uplifting of and damage to structures. H. Protect adjacent utilities,structures,and properties from damage resulting from dewatering operations. I. Drill,maintain,and abandon dewatering wells in accordance with federal,state,and local ordinances. 3.05 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Fill settled areas where excavations or trenches were backfilled and holes made by demolition,tree removal, and site preparation work. B. Remove and replace or recompact natural soils or compacted fill softened by frost,flooding,groundwater or weather. C. Remove frozen soils within influence zone and replace with structural fill. D. Do not excavate within influence zone of existing footings or foundations, without prior approval of — ENGINEER. 3.06 EXCAVATION A. Excavate to elevations and dimensions necessary to complete construction. Method of excavation shall be consistent with soil types encountered and result in undisturbed foundation subgrade. Loosened soils shall be recompacted or removed and replaced with fill material meeting these Specifications. B. Do not excavate for other structures until scheduled for construction. C. Upon completion of excavation,notify ENGINEER before proceeding with further Work. D. Protect excavated areas from freezing. 3.07 PLACING FILL A. Notify ENGINEER before placing fill material. B. Do not use frozen material or place fill on frozen subgrade. C. Fill excavations below bottom of foundation or footing elevations within influence zone with concrete or structural fill. D. Do not backfill until new concrete is properly cured,coating approved,and required tests accepted. E. Do not operate power-operated earth moving or backfill equipment closer to foundation walls or other structures than distance equal to 1/2 height of backfill above top of footing. F. Place fill simultaneously on both sides of free-standing structures. G. Place fill against foundation walls enclosing interior spaces after construction such as cross-walls,beams or slabs are in-place to brace wall and such construction has reached its design strength. 31 23 05-4 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 H. Begin compaction of each layer at structure wall to minimize lateral forces against structure due to wedging action of soil. I. Lift Thickness and Compaction: Place and compact fill materials in maximum lift thickness and to minimum densities listed. Location Loose Lift Modified Thickness(in.) Proctor(%) Footing,Foundation Slab,or Floor Slab Influence Zones 8 95 Sidewalk,Paving,Piping,or Electrical Duct Influence Zones 12 90 Lawn and Landscaped Areas 12 80 J. Stop backfill at specified or indicated grade to allow for placing of topsoil when required. K. Compact backfill in lawns and landscaped areas adjacent to structures to minimum density noted herein,but not more than 90%of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: ].. One field density test for each 25 cu yds of structural fill,minimum one each lift. 2. One field density test for each 500 cu yds of earth fill. 3. Method of Testing: Determine in-place density of fill at maximum intervals specified herein in accordance with ASTM D1556,D2167,D2922 or D2937. 3.09 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Excess Material: ]i.. OWNER has first right to excess excavated material suitable for backfilling or site grading, not required at job site. 2. Deliver to site not greater than 10 miles away as determined by OWNER. 3. Remove material not required by OWNER from site. _ B. Stockpile excavated material suitable for backfill on site. C. Remove excess material suitable for backfilling or site grading and unsuitable materials from site. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 31 23 05-5 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 32 31 13 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Fence height: 6 ft 0 in.,Plus 1 ft Barbed Wire Supporting Arm 1.02 SUBMITTALS _ A. Product Data: 1. Fabric material. 2. Framework material. 3. Manufacturer shall provide certification of compliance with material specifications. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. 1.03 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials with manufacturer's tags and labels intact and legible. B. Handle and store to avoid damage. — 1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not install fence until final grading is complete and finish elevations are established. B. Do not drive equipment on areas to be landscaped except as approved by ENGINEER. Protect areas not accessible from roads with heavy wood planking. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FABRIC A. Steel wire helically wound and interwoven to provide continuous mesh without knots or ties,conforming to requirements of ASTM A491. B. Mesh Size: 2 in. C. Wire Size: 9 ga. (0.148-in. dia)coated wire. D. Aluminum Coating: ASTM A491. E. Fabric Ties: Minimum 9 ga aluminum or zinc wire. F. Selvages: Fabric shall be knuckled at one selvage and twisted at other. 2.02 FRAMEWORK A. Posts,Rails,and Braces: — 32 31 13-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 1. Galvanized steel pipe conforming to ASTM F1043 Group IC,galvanized by in-line process. B. Dimensions and Weights: Use and Shape Uncoated Minimum Outside Uncoated Minimum Dimensions(in.) Weight(lbs/ft) End,Corner,and Pull Posts Height: 6 to 8 ft Round 2.875 4.64 Gate Posts Leaf Width 6 ft or Less _ Round 2.875 4.64 Round 4.00 6.56 Leaf Width 18 ft or Less Round 6.625 18.97 Leaf Width Over 18 ft Round 8.625 28.55 Rails and Braces Round 1.66 1.84 Line Posts ^, Round 2.375 2.96 C. Tension Wire: Marcelled 7 ga steel wire with minimum coating of.080 ounces of zinc or.040 ounces of aluminum per square foot of wire surface and conforming to ASTM A824. PVC coated per ASTM F 1664. D. Framework color shall match chainlink fence color. 2.03 BARBED WIRE A. Double strand 12-1/2 ga steel wire with 14 ga,4 point round steel barbs spaced approximately 5 in.on center. B. Aluminum coated in accordance with ASTM A585,Class II. 2.04 GATES A. Swing per ASTM F900 type,complete with latches,stops,keepers,hinges,barbed wire supporting arms,and three strands barbed wire above fabric. _. B. Construct gates with top,bottom,and side framework of following dimensions and weights. Use and Shape Minimum Outside Minimum Weight Dimensions(in.) (lbs/ft) Height 6 ft or Less and Leaf 8 ft or Less Round 1.90 2.28 Height Over 6 ft or Leaf Width Over 8 ft Round 1.90 2.28 32 31 13-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 C. Weld joints or assemble with fittings. Use 3/8 in. dia truss rods on gates assembled with fittings. Provide vertical bracing at 8 ft maximum spacing. Provide horizontal brace or 3/8 in.dia truss rod for leaves over 10 ft wide. D. Cover with fence fabric,attached securely to frame with fabric ties at 15 in.maximum spacing. E. Latch: Plunger bar type with integral padlock eye to permit operation from either side of gate. 2.05 TENSION BARS A. Minimum 3/16 in.by 3/4 in.galvanized steel bars per F 626. B. One bar for each end and gate post,and two for each corner and pull post. 2.06 HARDWARE AND FITTINGS A. Fittings to be per F626. B. Standard post tops provided with hole suitable for through passage of top rail with integral barbed wire -_ supporting arm. 2.07 BARBED WIRE SUPPORTING ARMS A. Pressed steel,designed to carry three strands of barbed wire. B. Sufficient strength to carry 250-lb load applied at outer strand. C. Tilted at 45°angle,except vertical at gates. 2.08 FOOTINGS A. IDOT Class C4 concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION _ 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions under which fence and gates to be installed. Notify ENGINEER in writing of improper Work conditions. B. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions corrected. C. Check location of underground work to make sure fence footings clear utilities and drainage work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Framing: 1. Install line posts not more than 10 ft apart. 2. Install pull posts not more than 500 ft apart where straight run of fence exceeds 500 ft and fence line changes direction by more than 15°,but less than 30°. 3. Install corner posts where fence line changes direction by more than 30°. 4. Set posts in concrete footings,plumb and true to line. 32 31 13-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 5. Brace and truss end,pull,corner,and gate posts to adjacent line posts. Provide brace to match top rail spaced midway between top rail and tension wire and extending to adjacent line post. Truss diagonally with 5/16 in. dia tension rod with turnbuckle. 6. Fasten top rail to end,pull,gate,and corner posts. Pass top rail through fittings of line posts. 7. Fasten bottom tension wire to end,pull,gate,corner,and line posts. 8. Provide expansion at contraction joints in top rail for each 100 lin ft of fence. B. Footings: 1. Vertical sides to minimize uplift. Dispose of excavated material on-site. 2. Rod and compact concrete around posts. Slope top of footings above level of adjacent grade and trowel finish. 3. Size: a. Minimum dia shall be outside dimension of post plus 6 in. _ b. Set corner,end,pull and gate posts 42 in. into concrete. c. Set line posts 36 in.into concrete. d. Total depth of concrete shall be 6 in. greater than required for post embedment. 4. Time of Set: 48 hrs before rails erected or fabric applied or stretched. C. Fabric: 1. Place fabric on outside of posts and stretch to avoid bulging or buckling. 2. Fasten at line posts,top rail,and bottom tension wire with aluminum or zinc ties. Space ties not more than 15 in. apart on line posts and not more than 24 in.apart on rail and tension wire. 3. Fasten at terminal posts at intervals not exceeding 15 in.using flat or beveled galvanized steel bands with 5/16 in.byl 1/4 in. galvanized carriage bolts and nuts. 4. Make tie connections on interior side of fence. 5. Secure tension wire if required to chain link as per F567 using galvanized 12 ga hog rings or 11 ga aluminum hog rings per F626. D. Gates: 1. Install gates plumb,level,and secure for full opening without interference. 2. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. — 3. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. 4. Install gates according to manufacturer's instructions,plumb,level,and secure. E. Protective Electrical Ground. 1. Ground continuous fence at intervals not exceeding 150 m(500 ft)in urban areas and 300 m(1000 ft) in rural areas. Ground within 30 m(100 ft)of gates in each section of fence adjacent to gate. 2. Ground fence under power line by three grounds, one directly under crossing and one on each side 7.5 m(25 ft)to 15.0 m(50 ft)away. Locate single ground directly under each telephone wire or cable crossing. — 3. Use counterpoise ground only where it is impossible to drive ground rod. 4. Connect ground wire to fabric and ground rod by mechanical clamp of cast bronze body and bronze or stainless steel bolts and washers. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Gates: After repeated operation of completed installation equivalent to 3 days'use by normal traffic,readjust — gates for optimum operating condition and safety. Lubricate operating equipment and clean exposed surfaces. 32 31 13-4 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 B. Paint: 1. Paint posts or other work cut on job with heavy coat of approved zinc-rich primer paint and then with coat of silver finish paint to match color coating of fence. 2. Finish paint and matching color to match color of existing fence. 3. Paint abrasions or stripping of galvanizing on pipe,fittings or fabric as specified above. C. Peen bolts located on lowest 72 in.of fencing. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 32 31 13-5 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 33 05 23 HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL BORING PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Measurement and Payment: l. Payment for directional boring shall be at unit price bid. 2. Unit price includes cost of machinery, tools, excavation, boring and receiving pits, pipe, welding, dewatering,backfill,restoration,cleanup and other Work necessary to install pipe. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Miscellaneous: R. Directional Boring Plan: a. Indicate entrance and exit locations,stationing,depths,curve data. b. Describe method to be used for containing and handling drilling fluid. Emergency procedure for _ containing fluids which may be discharged. c. Submit 14 days prior to beginning boring. 2. Certification of welders to be used on Project as required by ASME B31.3 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section IX. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Boring Pipe: 1. ASTM A139/A139M,GR B. 2. Liquid epoxy coating systems inside and outside. B. Joints-Single Butt Welded: 1. Welds shall be sound and free from embedded scale of slag,have tensile strength across weld not less than that of connected sections,and be watertight. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare boring and receiving pits to perform operations and transfer line and grade to face of operations. B. Provide adequate supplies of soil lubricant,grout mixture,dewatering equipment,pipe sections,drill rod and boring equipment to ensure steady,continuous operations can be maintained when boring begins. 33 05 23-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 C. CONTRACTOR is responsible for dewatering,diverting water,and controlling downstream water turbidity. D. CONTRACTOR shall determine types of subsurface materials which may be found and determine their effect on bore installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Directional boring shall be guided by guidance equipment that gives continuous,accurate monitoring of drill bit location. B. Install pipe by means of horizontal method at location,depth,and grade indicated. 1. Method requires directionally drilled hole going from 1 side of crossing to exit on other side. C. Pipe Welding: 1. Single butt weld complying with AWWA C206 and ASTM A139/A139M. 3.03 PIPE TESTING .-. A. Test sections of pipe before being installed to assure welds are complete. 1. Test pressure to be 150 psi. 2. Test duration of 1 hr without adding any water. B. Test entire length of bore after installation to assure no leaks in pipe. * * *END OF SECTION* * * _ ammw 33 05 23-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 33 32 14 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPING STATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submersible pumps,valves,and piping. 2. Pre-cast concrete manhole wet well. _ 3. Control system and panel. 4. Aluminum access hatches. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide motor designed for continuous duty and non-overloading throughout design curve. B. Performance Criteria: 1. Provide pump and motor with characteristics as listed in Schedule 1 of Section 33 32 14. C. Design Criteria: 1. Design pump to automatically connect to discharge piping when lowered into place on discharge connection. 2. Pump shall be easily removable for inspection or service,requiring no bolts,nuts,or other fastenings to be removed for this purpose and no need for personnel to enter pump well. _ 3. Fit pump with galvanized chain of adequate strength and length to permit raising pump for inspection and removal. 4. Pump,with appurtenances and cable,shall be capable of continuous submergence under water without loss of watertight integrity of depth of 65 ft. 5. Precast concrete manhole structure shall be designed to resist buoyancy forces with a factor of safety of 1.10. Groundwater shall be assumed to be at-grade. 6. Structure top slab shall be designed to support a live load of 300 psf. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Test Results: 1. Submit written report stating pump tests complete and performance data with each pump at time of shipment. B. Miscellaneous: 1. Warranty. C. Operating and Maintenance(O&M)Data: _ D. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. E. Shop Drawings: 1. Technical data for wet well,valve vault and cover indicating materials of construction. 33 32 14-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 2. Drawings of wet well,valve vault and cover. 3. Product data,catalog cuts and drawing of access cover. —` 4. Certification that manholes have been designed in accordance with the requirements specified in Paragraph 1.02.A. Certification shall be stamped by Professional Engineer registered in the State of Iowa. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Term"NRTL"shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code(NEC),Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. C. Contractor shall be responsible to verify access hatch size with pumping equipment manufacturer and deliver hatches to supplier of precast wet well and valve vault. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Pump: 1. Warrant pump against defects in workmanship and materials for 5 yr period under normal use, operation,and service. 2. Replace mechanical seal, impeller, pump housing, wear ring, and ball bearings which become — defective through normal use and wear on progressive schedule of cost for 5 yrs. B. Access Hatch: 1. Warrant access hatch against defects in material or workmanship for 5 years. C. Warranty shall be in published form. — PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PUMP A. Manufacturers: 1. Flygt 2. Hydromatic Pumps 3. KSB 4. Or equal. B. General: 1. Construct major parts,such as stator casing,oil casing,sliding bracket,volute,and impeller of gray iron. 2. Protect cast surfaces coming into contact with wastewater by 6 mil epoxy polyamide coating. 3. Use stainless steel exposed bolts and nuts. 33 32 14-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 4. Provide replaceable wear ring. C. Provide pump with mechanical rotating shaft seal system running in oil reservoir having separate,constantly hydro-dynamically lubricated lapped seal faces. 1. Lower seal unit between pump and oil chamber shall contain 1 stationary and 1 positively driven rotating tungsten or silicon-carbide ring. 2. Upper seal unit between oil sump and motor housing shall contain one stationary silicon or tungsten-carbide ring and one positively driven rotating carbon ring. 3. Each interface shall be held in contact by its own spring system supplemented by external liquid pressures. 4. Seals shall not require maintenance or adjustment,but shall be easily inspected and replaceable. D. Machine and fit with nitrille 0-rings where watertight sealing required. Machine and fill so sealing accomplished by automatic compression in 2 planes and 0-ring contact made on 4 surfaces, without requirement of specific torque limits to affect this. Rectangle cross-sectioned gaskets requiring specific torque limits to achieve compression shall not be considered adequate,or equal. E. Tolerances of parts shall allow replacement of any part without additional machining to ensure sealing. Do not use secondary sealing compounds,greases or other devices. F. Bracket: 1. Provide sliding guide bracket as integral part of pumping unit. 2. Provide pump casing with machined connecting flange to connect with cast iron discharge connection, bolted to floor of manhole and designed to receive pump connecting flange without need of any bolts or nuts. 3. Construct slide bracket and matching base flange of materials assuring non-sizing for corrosive environment. G. Fit pump with stainless steel chain with grab link of adequate strength and length to permit raising pump for inspection and removal. 2.02 PUMP MOTOR A. Manufacturers standard UL or FM listed or labeled definite purpose motor to Class I, Div. 1, Groups C and D. B. House pump motor in oil or air-filled watertight casing. C. Cable: 1. Design entry water seal to preclude specific torque requirements to ensure watertight and submersible seal. Use epoxies,silicones or other sealing systems to seal the inside of the cable and prevent water from wicking inside the motor and shorting it out. 2. Separate cable entry junction box and motor by stator lead sealing gland or terminal board which isolates motor interior from foreign materials gaining access through pump top. 3. Provide cable suitable for submersible pump applications and indicated by code or legend permanently embossed on cable. 4. Size cable to conform to NEC and pump motor requirements. 5. Fit pump cable end with shrink fit rubber boot. 6. Provide continuous from motor to junction box without splices. D. Provide integral thermal sensors to monitor stator temperatures on unit with water jacket. Provide 1 for each phase in motor. Integral thermal sensors are not required on unit without water jacket. — 33 32 14-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 E. Provide seal failure sensors for each pump. F. Provide temperature monitoring devices in motor windings for use in conjunction with and supplemental to extemal motor overload protection. _ 2.03 PLUG VALVE A. Manufacturers: 1. DeZurik. 2. Homestead. 3. Or equal. B. Non-lubricated, eccentric type of semi-steel construction with resilient faced plugs, suitable for use with wastewater. C. Mechanical Joint and Push-on Ends: AWWA C111/A21.11. D. Port Areas: Minimum 80%of full pipe area. E. Bodies: ASTM A126,Class B cast iron in accordance with AWWA C507,Section 5.1 and AWWA C504, — Section 5.4. F. Exposed Nuts,Bolts,Springs,and Washers: Zinc-plated or nickel content. G. Furnish valves with corrosion-resistant seats in accordance with AWWA C507,Section 7,Paragraph 7.2 and AWWA C504, Section 8.3. H. Furnish with replaceable sleeve type bearings in upper and lower journals. 1. Bearings: In accordance with AWWA C507, Section 8, Paragraphs 8.1, 8.3, and 8.5 and AWWA C504, Section 9. 2. Valve Shaft Seals: In accordance with AWWA C507,Section 10 and AWWA C504, Section 10. I. Plug valve pressure ratings as established by hydrostatic tests as specified by ASME B 16.1. 1. 175 psi for valves through 12 in. 2. Capable of providing drip-tight shutoff up to full valve rating with pressure in either direction. J. Direction of rotation to open shall be to left (counterclockwise). Cast on valve body or operator word "OPEN"and arrow indicating direction to open. K. Plug Valves with Valve Boxes: Provide plug valves with valve boxes and covers as shown on Drawings. 1. 3-piece assembly. 2. 5-1/4 in. diameter. 3. Box and cover shall be cast iron and in accordance with ASTM A48/A48M,Class B. 4. Provide with extended stem. Stopping 12 in.below valve box cover. Furnish 4 ft long tee wrench for operating valves. 2.04 SWING CHECK VALVE A. Manufactures: 33 32 14-4 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 1. G.A.Industries,Inc.,Figure 250-D 2. Or equal. B. Valve Body: ll. Heavy cast iron body with non-corrosive cushion chamber and non-corrosive shaft for attachment of weight and lever. C. Cushion Chamber: 1. Attached externally to side of valve body. 2. Construct with piston operating in chamber effectively permitting valve to be operated without hammering action. 3. Air cushion. 4. Arrange cushion chamber so closing speed adjustable to meet service requirements. D. ]Disc and Seat Ring Assembly: 1. Cast iron disc suspended from non-corrosive shaft passing through stuffing box and connects to cushion chamber on outside of valve. 2. Renewable bronze seat ring held in valve body by threaded joint. .3. Assembly shall prevent return of fluid through valve when inlet pressure decreases below delivery pressure without hammer or shock. 2.05 BALL CHECK VALVES A. General: 1. Do not impede flow of materials such as solids,stringy material,grit or rags suspended in sewage. _ 2. Balls shall roll clear of waterway providing full flow equal to diameter of connection pipe. 3. Prevent return of wastewater through valve when inlet pressure decreases below delivery pressure. 4. Each valve shall be tight-seating and operate without slam or shock. B. Materials: 1. Valve Body: Cast iron with flanged ends in accordance with ASME B 16.1. _ 2. Ball: Hollow steel with rubber exterior resistant to grease,petroleum products,animal and vegetable fats,acids and alkalides,tearing,and abrasion with specific gravity greater than 1 and be removable without removing body from line. 3. Provide 1 replacement ball with each ball check valve. C. Head loss through valve shall not be greater than 1.15 ft at velocity of 7 ft/sec. D. Rate for maximum working pressure of 150 psig. 2.06 MR RELEASE VALVE A. Comply with Section 33 30 00. 2.07 PIPING A. Pump Discharge Line: Class 52, ductile iron pipe. Flanged joints interior, restrained mechanical joints exterior. 2.08 ALUMINUM ACCESS HATCH 33 32 14-5 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 A. Manufacturers: 1. Bilco Type J or JD. 2. Halliday Series W15 or W25. _ 3. Or equal. B. Prefabricated Drainage Channel Type. 1. Material: Aluminum. 2. Frame: 1/4 in.thick extruded aluminum with strap anchors around exterior perimeter. 3. Provide 1-1/2 in. drainage coupling. C. Doors: 1. Door Leaves: 1/4 in. diamond pattern plate with reinforcing on underside to withstand live load of 150 lbs/sq ft with maximum deflection of 1/150 of span. 2. Equip doors with cast steel hinges bolted to underside and pivot on tension bars that counter balance door for easy operation. _ 3. Doors shall open to 90°and lock in position. 4. Equip doors with hold-open arm with positive locking device with conveniently positioned release handle for easy and controlled closing. _ 5. Provide snap-lock mounted on bottom of leaf with removable topside handle and socket recessed in cover. 6. Hardware shall be cadmium plated. D. Factory Finish: Mill fmish on aluminum surfaces with coal tar epoxy coating applied to surfaces in contact with concrete. 2.09 WET WELL/VALVE VAULT A. Construct wet well,valve vault,and lid of precast concrete per SUDAS Section 6010. 1. Concrete Strength: Minimum 5,000 psi at 28 days. 2. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A82,ASTM A18,ASTM A496 or ASTM A615 GR 60. 3. Minimum Concrete Cover for Reinforcing Steel: 1 in. 4. Lap Reinforcement at Splices: Minimum of 2 cross wires for wire mesh. 5. Minimum Concrete Thickness: 6 in. for walls and 8 in. for floors and ceilings. 6. Joints shall have bell and spigot connections in conformance with ASTM C478. B. Provide watertight flexible joints,on inlet and discharge lines. 1. Design joints to absorb vibration and accept normal setting. — 2. Construct rubber gasket element of poly-isoprene or natural rubber to requirements of ASTM C923. C. Label valve vault as confined space. Valve boxes shall be pre-cast into station cover to allow remote access to plug valves. D. Cast each piece of station shall from 1 piece mold. Do not use connecting form ties,which may result in corrosion or leakage points. E. Joint precast sections of sanitary sewer manholes with rubber gaskets or preformed flexible plastic gaskets. 1. Flexible Plastic Gaskets: 33 32 14-6 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 a. Manufacturers: Ram-Nek, manufactured by K. T. Snyder Company, Inc., Kent Seal, manufactured by Hamilton-Kent,Inc.,or equal. b. Comply with physical requirements for Type B gaskets in AASHTO M198. 2. Rubber Gaskets: ASTM C443. F. Incorporate cast-in adaptors or boots to accommodate connection of pipe,provide for sewer grade differential between center of manhole and manhole wall for each sewer pipe entering or exiting manhole. G. Cast access hatches for wet well and valve vault into cover. 2.10 CONTROLS A. Description: ].. Duplex panel. 2. Built and labeled by UL 508 panel manufacturer. 3. 25 KAIC main power circuit breaker and generator power circuit breaker. 4. 600 VAC box lug compression type terminal blocks supplied for external connections, excluding pump and power connections. 5. Wires individually numbered with unique number at both ends. B. Design Data: L. Incoming service: 120/208 VAC,60 Hertz,3 Ph,4 wire. -- C. Sequence of Operation 1. Pumps shall be float switch controlled in automatic mode of Hand-Off-Automatic switch. Lead-lag _ position of pumps shall be automatically alternated by pump alternator. High level float shall start Lead pump. Low level float shall stop all pumps. 2. Either pump,when started,shall be provided with adjustable delayed start. 3. Highest level setting of float switches shall provide high level alarm on panel and activate external mounted visual alarm and start lag pump. 4. Lowest level setting of float switches shall provide low level alarm on panel, shall lock out pumps, require reset,and activate external mount visual alarm. _ 5. Activation of either pump fail circuits shall activate respective pump fail alarm light and externally mounted visual alarm. 6. Activation of flasher operated visual alarm system shall require reset to transfer visual alarm to steady state. 7. Provide individual alarm relays with non-powered Form-C contact to signal OWNER provided radio system when alarm conditions occur,including power failure. 8. Float Switches: (LSHH-LPR,LSH-LPR,LSL-LPR,LSLL-LPR) a. Furnish four non-mercury displacement switches for duplex unit, rated for use in Class 1, Division 1, Group D areas. For each float switch circuit, provide intrinsically safe relays in corresponding control panel. Let as shown on Drawings. b. Construct of Teflon coated,316 stainless steel housing encapsulated in epoxy. c. Provide 60 ft of cable. d. Mount with stainless steel hardware on 3/16 in. stainless steel cable having 8 lb vinyl coated mushroom anchor for ballast. e. Protect with intrinsically safe relays. 9. Motor Circuit Protection: 33 32 14-7 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 a. Circuit breaker located in panelboard. D. Enclosure: (LPR-LCP)(Approximately 48 in.x 48 in.x 12 in.): 1. 14 ga type 304 Stainless steel NEMA 3R/12 with drip shield. 2. 12 ga steel,formed,removable interior sub-panel. 3. Inner door fabricated from 5052-H32 0.080 thick marine alloy aluminum held closed with 2 hand operated 1/4 turn fasteners,with gasket. 4. Outer door shall have stainless steel piano type door hinge,stainless steel 3-point latching system and stainless steel padlock provision. 5. Hold open device on outer and inner doors. 6. Operating devices mounted on inner door. 7. Rock mounted to 2-channels. 8. No evidence of holes,weld marks or burn marks. 9. 1 in. fiberglass insulation U.L.approved with thermal conductivity of 0.23 at 75°F. E. Equipment and Devices: 1. Motor Starters: a. NEMA rated full voltage non-reversing(FVNR)with Class 10 overload relays and reset buttons. b. Double-break silver cadmium oxide contacts, pressure type terminals, free floating _. armature-magnet frame,molded continuous duty coils,and stainless steel springs. c. Definite purpose contactors, horsepower rated starters, and fractional NEMA sizes are not acceptable. d. Overload reset operators installed on inner door allowing reset without opening inner door. 2. Back Panel Devices: a. 2 combination non-fused disconnect type motor starters. b. 1 reset overload for each pump. c. One 2-pump automatic alternator. d. 2 adjustable time delays(0 to 30 sec). e. Intrinsically safe transformer relay package for each float switch. f. 2 sets of relay timer logic to provide pump fail signal. g. 1 flasher system to operate visual alarm system. _ h. 1 interior light with switch. i. Transformers for 120 VAC(750 VA minimum)and 24 VAC voltages,with 120V transformer having 2 fuses on line side and thermal magnetic circuit breakers for secondary. j. 2 single toggle-operated thermal magnetic breakers for controls; 1 for pumps,alarms,and control power and 1 for other panel devices. k. Power monitoring relay on incoming 3 phase power shall disable pumps on following conditions: low voltage,high voltage,and short cycling. 1. Lightning arrestor complying with ANSI C62.2. m. Status-indicating relays for Over-temp each pump, Seal Fail each pump, Power Monitor Overload Tripped each pump,High-High Level and Low-Low Level floats. n. Status-indicating relays for Pump Fail shall be generated by either Over-temp, Seal Fail, Overload Tripped,or pump called but failed to run condition. o. Two 50 watt safe-to-touch anti-condensation heaters. p. Leave space in panel for flow indicating transmitter FIT-LPR,see Section 40 91 37. 3. Inner Door Devices: a. Two Heavy Duty oil-tight,NEMA 4X rated Hand-Off-Auto selector switches. HOA switches override automatic mode control. 33 32 14-8 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 b. Non-fused motor disconnects with handles through door padlockable in Off position. c. Control circuit breaker disconnects. d. 2 green run LED lights. e. 2 red pump fail LED lights. f. 2 elapsed time meters. _ g. 1 red wet well level alarm LED light for both high-high and low-low levels. h. 1 reset overload for each pump. i. 1 GFCI 120V duplex receptacle and light switch. 4. Exterior Mounted Devices: a. NEMA 4X flashing LED alarm beacon,equivalent to 40 watt. b. Alarm horn,92 decibel. c. Main circuit breaker disconnect,standby power receptacle and manual transfer switch. F. Interface to OWNER provided Radio System in separate enclosure. 1. Provide following form-C contacts and wire to terminal block: a. High-High wetwell level signal. b. Low-Low wetwell level signal. c. Pump Seal Fail signal(2) d. Pump Over Temp signal(2) e. Pump Fail(2). f. Loss of power alarm signal. g. Low voltage. h. High voltage. i. Short cycling. 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. Pump manufacturer shall perform following inspections and tests on each pump before shipment from factory. a. Check impeller,motor rating,and electrical connections for compliance to Specifications. b. Motor and cable insulation test for moisture content or insulation defects. c. Prior to submergence,run pump dry to establish correct rotation and mechanical integrity. d. Run pump for 30 min submerged,minimum of 6 ft under water. e. After operational test(paragraph d),repeat insulation test(paragraph b). f. Conduct certified performance test. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. B. Provide flanged joints in interior of pump station. C. Discharge Piping: 33 32 14-9 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 1. Where discharge piping passes through wall of structure, provide hole of sufficient size to allow passage of joint flange but not larger than necessary. 2. After discharge piping is in fmal position and securely supported,seal watertight annular space with expanding grout. D. Set manholes plumb with orientation of cast-in items as shown on Drawings. E. Joint precast sections of sanitary sewer manholes with rubber gaskets or preformed flexible plastic gaskets. _ 3.02 PUMP STATION A. Mount upper guide holder above pump: 1. Lower guide holder shall be integral with discharge connection. Guide bars shall be Schedule 40 stainless steel,2 in.diameter(minimum). 2. Attach slide assembly with yoke to each pump and slide freely between guide rails. 3. Arrange so minimum force of 3 times pump discharge pressure exerted between stationary base elbow and pump discharge to provide positive seal without bolting or fastening. Connection must be leak free. 4. Provide lever action for each breakaway when raising pump. 5. Protect surface by coating resistant to wastewater. 6. Exposed bolts and nuts of stainless steel. 7. Provide automatic connection between pump flange and discharge elbow flange. Connection must allow zero leakage. B. Install 8-in.stainless steel pipe vent with stainless steel insect screen opening located adjacent to equipment pedestal. C. Floats and transducer shall be supported with stainless steel cable with 10 lbs anchor weight supported from wet well access cover frame from stainless steel eyebolt. D. Precast reinforced concrete risers and tops shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to conform to any specification requirements. In addition,individual sections of risers and tops may be rejected because of any of the following reasons: 1. Fractures or cracks passing through shell,except for single end crack not exceeding depth of joint. 2. Defects indicating imperfect proportioning,mixing and molding. 3. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. _ 4. Damaged ends where such damage would prevent making satisfactory joint. 5. Infiltration into structure exceeding 0.0758 gal/vert ft/hr. 6. Internal dia of section varying more than 1%from nominal dia. 7. Any continuous crack having surface width of 0.01 in. or more and extending for length of 12 in.or — more,regardless of position. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's representative for equipment specified herein shall be present at job site or classroom designated by OWNER for mandays indicated, travel time excluded, for assistance during construction,startup,and training of OWNER'S personnel for operation. Include minimum of a. 1 manday for Installation Services. b. 1 manday for Instructional Services. 33 32 14-10 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 2. Factory representative shall be on-site to witness station installation and provide on-site technical assistance in accordance with Section 01 60 10. B. Control System Testing: l.. Reports: Notify ENGINEER in writing indicating defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include records of repairs and adjustments made. 2. On completing installation of system,perform following tests. a. Test insulation resistance of conducting parts of motor control components;and of connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. For devices containing solid-state components, use test equipment and methods recommended by manufacturer. b. Make continuity tests of circuits. c. Review updating of final system configuration and parameters where they supplement or differ from those indicated in original Contract Documents. d. Review manufacturer's written instructions for installation and testing of motor control devices. 3. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include following inspections and related work. a. Motor Control Device Ratings and Settings: Verify ratings and settings as installed are appropriate for fmal loads and final system arrangement and parameters. Recommend fmal protective device ratings and settings where differences found. Use accepted revised ratings or settings to make final system adjustments. b. Inspect for defects and physical damage and nameplate compliance with Drawings. c. Exercise and perform operational tests of mechanical components and other operable devices in — accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. d. Check tightness of electrical connections of devices with calibrated torque wrench. Use manufacturer's recommended torque values. _ e. Clean devices using manufacturer's approved methods and materials. f. Verify proper fuse types and ratings in fusible devices. 4. Electrical Tests: Perform following in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. a. Insulation resistance test of motor control devices conducting parts to extent permitted by manufacturer's written instructions. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms not acceptable. — b. Make adjustments for final settings of adjustable trip devices. c. Test auxiliary protective features such as loss of phase,phase unbalance,and under voltage to verify operation. d. Check for improper voltages at terminals in controllers having external control wiring when controller disconnect opened. Voltage over or under 10%unacceptable. 5. Correct deficiencies and retest motor control devices. Verify by system tests that specified — requirements are met. C. Retesting: 1. Correct deficiencies identified by tests and completely retest equipment. 2. Verify by system test that total system meets specification requirements. — D. Precast reinforced concrete risers and tops shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to conform to any specification requirements. In addition,individual sections of risers and tops may be rejected because of any of the following reasons: 33 32 14-11 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 1. Fractures or cracks passing through shell,except for single end crack not exceeding depth of joint. _ 2. Defects indicating imperfect proportioning,mixing and molding. 3. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 4. Damaged ends where such damage would prevent making satisfactory joint. 5. Infiltration into structure exceeding 0.0758 gal/vert ft/hr. — 6. Internal dia of section varying more than 1%from nominal dia. 7. Any continuous crack having surface width of 0.01 in.or more and extending for length of 12 in.or more,regardless of position. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Time Delay Restart Relay: — 1. Adjust control relay to cause motor starter to drop out at voltage slightly higher than dropout voltage of starter and have dropout time slightly faster than motor starter to ensure if motor starter drops out, relay will drop out. B. Perform short-circuit analysis and coordination study. Set field-adjustable pick-up and time-sensitivity ranges accordingly. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean devices internally,using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. 33 32 14-12 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SCHEDULE 1 TO SECTION 33 32 14 Pump Characteristics Manufacturer Flygt or KSB Model Number NP 3127 or F80-250 Number of Units 2 Impeller Type Non-clog Materials Being Pumped Raw Wastewater Minimum Solids Size(in.) 3 Rated Speed(maximum rpm) 1,740 Discharge Size(in.) 4 Rated Total Dynamic Head(ft) 60 Rated Capacity(gpm) 200 Minimum Pump Efficiency 48% _ Electric Motor Characteristics Horsepower 10 Nominal Speed(rpm) 1,740 Service Factor 1.10 General Type Squirrel Cage Enclosure Type Submersible NEMA Design B Insulation Class F _ Voltage 208 Phase/Cycle(hertz) 3/60 Minimum Efficiency at Full Load 84.5% * * *END OF SECTION* * 33 32 14-13 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 33 71 73 ELECTRIC SERVICE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Electric Utility Charges: ].. Electric Utility charges if any for extension of distribution system to point of service termination and meters will be paid by OWNER. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Electric Utility: Mid American Energy. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. NFPA No. 70-93-National Electrical Code(NEC). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC SERVICE A. Electric Service Characteristics: 1. As indicated on Drawings and provided by Electric Utility. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Confirmation of Electric Service: 1. Consult with Electric Utility to verify service information specified and shown on Drawings. 2. Include deviations required by Electric Utility from contract documents to comply with Electric Utility standards and requirements. B. Metering: 1. Consult with Electric Utility regarding service entrance requirements and metering equipment. 2. Install metering equipment and empty conduit for metering conductors to meet standards and requirements of Electric Utility. C. Application for Electric Service. 1. Obtain required forms from Electric Utility. 2. Assist OWNER in completion of forms and deliver completed forms to Electric Utility. 3. Coordinate schedule for installation of electric service with Electric Utility. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 33 71 73-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 40 80 10 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Before Substantial Completion is considered for entire Work,CONTRACTOR shall test and demonstrate specific items of equipment and systems in operation. Conduct testing and operation demonstrations on following systems: l. La Porte Road Pump Station,Waterloo,Iowa B. Preliminary: 1. Before CONTRACTOR begins testing and system operation demonstrations,Installation Services specified in Section 01 60 10 for each system or equipment shall be completed. C. Coordination: 1. Designate representative of CONTRACTOR to be responsible for testing and operation demonstration of systems. 2. Notify ENGINEER at least 5 days before tests and system operation demonstrations are to begin so ENGINEER can make arrangements with OWNER to witness testing and demonstration. 3. Reschedule cancelled tests and operation demonstrations 5 days in advance. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Data: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 23 before conducting Instructional Services described in Section 01 60 10. B. Reports: 1. Testing of Components and Systems. a. Prepare report for each system on results and activities encompassing testing as required by this section. Submit report within 2 days of completion of tests. b. As minimum, report shall describe findings of inspections; revisions, modifications or replacement of equipment; calibrations; test results; dates and names of persons involved and observing inspections, testing, and other activities pertaining to components and systems;and statement regarding operational condition of components and systems. 2. System Operation Demonstration. a. Prepare report for each system on results of activities encompassing operation demonstration as required by this section. Submit report within 2 days of completion of 120-hr demonstration. b. Report shall describe operational conditions; daily results of systems operation; dates and names of persons involved and observing operation; and statement regarding system ability to meet operational criteria. C. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. 40 80 10-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Subject each system, process, mechanical, instrumentation, and electrical equipment components, including related piping and control systems,to individual inspection and testing by CONTRACTOR and — certified by CONTRACTOR to be ready for operation before beginning system operation demonstration. B. Inspection and tests shall be made to determine if equipment is properly assembled, aligned, adjusted, calibrated, wired or connected. Changes, adjustments or replacements of equipment due to errors or omissions on part of CONTRACTOR, or otherwise necessary to comply with requirements of Contract Documents shall be done without additional cost to OWNER. C. Complete training required in Section 01 60 10. D. Complete process control system testing as specified in Section 40 90 55 minimum 30 days before system operation demonstration. '- 3.02 SYSTEM OPERATION DEMONSTRATION A. Upon completion of inspection and testing of individual components in each system, demonstrate operation and performance of each system for 120 hrs in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1. Where no specific performance requirements are stated in Specifications, demonstrate to show equipment operates in accordance with acceptable industry standards for application of equipment. 2. System operation demonstration shall show equipment operates within manufacturer's tolerances for noise and vibration, equipment is responsive to manual and automatic controls, control and ... protective devices are properly set, and equipment runs on controlled or intermittent basis when such operation is intended. 3. System operation demonstration shall include checkout from each remote control point. Demonstrate alarm and safety lockout systems for proper function and process instrumentation and control. 4. Use plant effluent for testing and demonstration of System No. 1. _ B. During testing and system operation demonstration, CONTRACTOR shall arrange for presence of qualified representatives of Suppliers of each piece of equipment and instrumentation included in system necessary to conduct test and demonstration. — C. Temporary facilities and services are CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary connections,if necessary. D. Successful completion of system demonstration for each system will be when performance requirements established in Contract Documents are met while running for 120 consecutive hrs. E. If, during demonstration, system is not meeting performance requirements established in Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall stop demonstration, adjust, calibrate or replace equipment or instrumentation and re-start and run demonstration until 120 consecutive hrs have been completed. _ 40 80 10-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 3.03 DETERMINATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Systems Described in Section: 1. Upon successful completion of testing of system components, system operation demonstrations, _ and delivery of submittals specified in this section, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that components and system are substantially complete. B. Other Systems: 1. Other identified systems will be considered for substantial completion when CONTRACTOR considers Work ready for its intended use. 2. Components and systems will be substantially complete after successful completion of testing of components and systems,system operation demonstration,and delivery of submittals. * * *END OF SECTION* * * 40 80 10-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 SECTION 40 90 10 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: ]. General requirements for package and non-package Instrumentation and Control Systems unless otherwise specified in other sections. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Selector Switch: When used under panel component description refers to maintained contact type switches. Loss and return of control power to circuit does not change control mode of requirements in switch position. B. Push-button: When used under panel component description refers to momentary contact type switches which, unless specified otherwise, shall require electrical interlock. Loss of control power shall, unless specified otherwise,result in loss of electrical interlock and stoppage of previous mode of operations. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Provide run/fail,alarm,and equipment status functions. 2. Unless otherwise specified,"run"signals shall be derived from motor starter normally open auxiliary contacts. 3. Unless otherwise specified,discrete input and output signals shall conform to: a. Isolated unpowered(dry)contact closures. b. Power contact from panel receiving signal or device receiving signal. 4. Unless otherwise specified,input and output analog signals shall conform to: _ a. 4-20 mAdc. b. For 2-wire transmitter, provide isolated type and power with 24 or 48 vdc at panel or device receiving signal. c. Where isolation is required to interface with particular equipment furnished,provide necessary I/I converters. 5. For PLC based systems manual control devices,in panel or field,shall be independent from PLC to provide maintenance and redundancy function. 6. Panels,panel devices,and field devices shall meet or exceed NEMA requirements as follows. a. NEMA 4X: Wet locations or outdoors. 1) Instrumentation and control panels shall be 316 stainless steel. 2) Instruments and device enclosures shall be 316 stainless steel,fiberglass,or ABS plastic. b. NEMA 7: Class I,Division 1 or 2 areas. c. NEMA 12: Other areas. 7. Design Life: Design control system for min. 10 yr life at following temperatures: 40 90 10-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta ForceMain-602798667 a. Permit continuous operation with panel external ambient temperatures of up to+40°C(+104°F). b. Outdoor Panels: Permit operation with panel external ambient temperatures of down to-29°C(- 20°F). c. Indoor Panels: Permit operation with panel external ambient temperatures of down to +8°C —" (+40°F). 8. When motor controller disconnecting means is off,deenergize associated equipment devices powered from panel. 9. Electrical wiring and controls shall conform to Division 16. B. Identify equipment on panel or screens with indication below: 1. Green Light On: Equipment running. 2. Red Light On: Equipment failure when called to run,but not running due to power failure,overload, — breaker,disconnect,or remote switch call for equipment to stop. a. Provide parallel"required"contact wired to panel for items such as pumps and valves. b. Provide necessary relay logic and adjustable timers to sense discrepancy between"required"and "running"and activate respective"Run"and"Fail"light from these signals. Provide horn when specified. 3. Amber Light On: Indicate equipment status such as valve open or closed.4. White Light On: Equipment off. C. Alarm Sequence: 1. Manual Reset Sequence: Alarm condition shall illuminate corresponding visual alarm point. Depressing push-button shall turn off light. Subsequent alarm condition shall repeat above sequence. — If alarm condition ceases, steady visual alarm shall not go out until reset push-button depressed. Momentary alarms shall lock-in until reset. Depressing test push-buttons for alarm functions shall turn on visual alarm points simultaneously or use press to test lights. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit following information tabulated in booklet form for each piece of equipment or system furnished under this section. 2. Table of Contents of Submittals: Include for each booklet when more than 1 item of equipment is included in submittal: a. ENGINEER'S instrument tag number. b. Instrument manufacturer's model number. c. Related piping,electrical,and dimension drawings. B. Product Data: 1. Construction materials. 2. Ranges.3. Output/Input signals. 4. Accessories. 5. Mounting location. _ 6. ENGINEER'S tag number on manufacturer's specifications sheets. 7. Interconnect reference for associated field and panel instruments. 40 90 10-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta ForceMain-602798667 8. Component specification sheets. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Panel fabrication and dimension drawings,nameplate legends,ENGINEER'S tag numbers,and wiring and piping schematic drawings. Project specific drawings are required for each panel,typical are not acceptable. 2. Equipment dimension drawings. 3. Equipment terminal and piping connections. 4. Loop-by-loop system electrical schematic showing terminal-to-terminal interconnections between related panel and field instruments. 5. Front of panel layout. 6. PLC I/O module connection diagram for PLC based systems. 7. Ladder/logic system electrical schematic showing wiring of each component,including ranges and set points. Wiring and ladder diagram shall have reference numbers on every line for cross referencing. Each device on ladder shall be cross-referenced with line number as to wherever it is located. 8. Terminal to terminal interconnection drawings showing wiring for panel to panel/MCC and panel to field equipment. D. Miscellaneous: 1. Certificate of UL or nationally recognized testing laboratory(NRTL)inspection and approval for each _ completely assembled panel prior to shipment to Project. 2. Include ENGINEER'S tag number when available on each submittal document or page wherever specific component appears. 3. Extra materials list. E. Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Data: 1. Include O&M data for each panel and field device specified in Division 13 and Division 16: a. PLC ladder logic software (electronic and printed) including tags, comments, operational database values and passwords or pass codes. b. Configured software on electronic media to install program on spare PLC processors and programmable controller. c. Bill of materials. _ d. Instruction Manual: Includes detailed operating sequence descriptions. e. Maintenance Manual: Instructions for maintaining equipment to include calibrating,cleaning, and trouble shooting. f. Front and rear panel layout drawings. g. Name plate data. F. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 10. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standardization: 1. Drawings and Specifications are intended to provide overall system functions. Provide equipment necessary to provide complete and operable system. 2. CONTRACTOR is responsible for costs resulting from deviations from Contract Documents. B. Items provided under sections referenced to this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). -- 40 90 10-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta ForceMain-602798667 1. Term"NRTL"shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code(NEC),Article 100. C. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT MARKERS — A. Furnish equipment markers with ENGINEER'S equipment name and tag number. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform UL inspection and certification for each completely assembled panel before shipment to Project site. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in locations indicated on Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. 3.02 EQUIPMENT MARKERS A. Fasten to equipment to be visible. * * *END OF SECTION** * 40 90 10-4 La Porte Rd PumpSta ForceMain-602798667 SECTION 40 91 37 FLOW METER(MAGNETIC) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Magnetic flow meters. 2. Converters. 3. Interconnecting cable. B. Comply with Section 40 90 10. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Comply with Schedule 1 to Section 40 91 37. 2. Ratio of flow velocity to reference voltage signals generated identical for each meter size. Meter shall _ be compatible with secondary readout instrument without circuit modifications. 3. Changes in density,viscosity,temperature,pressure or conductivity within limits of flow meter shall not affect accuracy. Maintain accuracy for field repairs performed by supplier's service technician during warranty period. 4. Design is based on minimum average velocity of 3 ft/sec through meter. Meters requiring greater velocities to meet specified accuracy and proper performance are not acceptable. 5. Flowmeter system accuracy shall be±0.5%of actual flow rate from 3 to 30 ft/sec and±1%from 1 to 3 ft/sec. Repeatability shall be±0.1%and response time programmable from 1 sec to 100 sec. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: If CONTRACTOR provides equipment of named manufacturer(s) without deviations, Shop Drawing submittals are not required. If CONTRACTOR is proposing substitute to named manufacturer(s), submittals below are required. O&M data is required for named and substitute manufacturers. B. Product Data: 1. Catalog cuts and manufacturer's specification for each meter and converter. 2. Standard wiring diagrams. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Drawing showing location of meter in pipe system. 2. Wiring diagram between meter and converter. D. Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Data: 1. Hydraulic calibration results including printout of actual calibration data giving indicated vs.actual flows at minimum of 1 ft/sec flow rate for each meter. List test results by serial number of meter. 40 91 37-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Krohne Opti 2000. B. Endress+Hauser Promag L400. C. ABB Water Master. D. Or equal. 2.02 FLOW METER PRIMARY ELEMENT A. Low frequency,electromagnetic induction type: Produce dc pulse signal directly proportional and linear to liquid flow rate. B. IP 68 design for continuous submergence at 10 ft of water depth. C. Power from signal converter. D. Flow meter liner,electrode materials,and electrode type shall comply with materials listed on Schedule 1. _. E. Use stainless steel or Hastelloy C grounding rings or grounding gaskets on each end of magnetic flow meter to provide ground path and prevent interference with flow signal on non-metallic or lined pipe. Do not provide grounding probes. F. Sensing head interchangeable with meter body without performing flow recalibration. G. High impedance device of not less than 1012 ohms to minimize span shift due to electrode coating. H. Explosion proof sensor certified by Factory Mutual Research for Class I,Division I or Division II as specified or shown,Groups C and D when sensor is located in hazardous area. 2.03 SIGNAL CONVERTER A. Remote mounted,microprocessor controlled. 1. Operate on 120 vac,60 Hz power. 2. Provide pulsed dc voltage to magnet coils of magnetic flow meter to establish magnetic field. 3. Convert flow signal from magnetic flow meter to analog and digital output signals,for bidirectional flow. B. Span shall be continuously adjustable between 1 and 33 ft/sec. Adjustment shall be by keypad. C. Display flow rate scaled in field selectable engineering units, as shown in Schedule 1. Display shall have 2 rows of 16 alpha numeric characters. Top row shall indicate instantaneous flow.Second row shall display totalized flow. D. Converter interchangeable with magnetic flow meter element and require no additional flow calibration. E. Isolated 4-20 mAdc analog current output into 0 to 500 ohm load and 24 vdc scaled, software adjustable pulse output for future use. F. Cast Aluminum NEMA 12 enclosure,to be mounted in LCP-LPR. 40 91 37-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 G. Noise reduction feature to stabilize flow reading. H. Automatic empty pipe detection. I. Suitable for-40°F to 150°F ambient temperature. 2.04 CABLE A. Provide sufficient length of manufacturers standard signal cable to connect meter primary element and converter. — B. Use single conduit run between converter and meter. 2.05 TAGGING A. Provide identification tags and markers in accordance with Section 22 05 53. A. Provide identification tags and markers with ENGINEER'S equipment name and tag number. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL _ A. Hydraulically calibrate flow meter at manufacturer's facility located in United States. Manufacturer's calibration facility shall be traceable to National Institute Standards Testing or Institute of Science and Technology. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. B. Locate meter as recommended by manufacturer with respect to other piping components to ensure meter will meet specified accuracy. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's technician for equipment specified herein shall be present at job site or classroom designated by OWNER for mandays indicated,travel time excluded,for assistance during plant construction,plant startup,equipment calibration,and training of OWNER'S personnel for plant operation. Include minimum of: a. 1/2 manday for Installation Services. b. 1/2 manday for Instructional Services. 2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to system and equipment operation,maintenance,and troubleshooting and system-related areas other than process design and philosophy. See Section 01 60 10. B. Field calibrate under operating conditions. 40 91 37-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 00 } 2 ƒ k Cr a - \ . §U u Q / d @ A E a> a. $ k 7 } 7 E 2 - / c o \ k r4G £ Q \ J / / - / $ $ et § ■ Q ƒ 5 k % / / \ § - . a 4 4z § § •777 * / d 6 RI \ / \ - w oi # / \ \ \ � � Q \ / Qd \ / t kK / 2 \ § k 2 , z / $ S w . / § 2 8 / \ f = / \ \ = ? § 2 ® z ; 0 2 k kiqE• \ Q � � ƒ � $ / \ 0 t ° a / cut \ _ t 2 \ _ % o /\ § §• w a z ¢ � Q4wdw \ a> M. 3 © / ® / 4 • • d > 2 / - - § \ � 00kk Q Q ,-7w « GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA Department of Engineering SECTION A-Definitions of Terms SECTION B-Scope of work SECTION C-Control of Materials and Work SECTION D-Procedure and Progress SECTION E-Measurements and Payments SECTION F-Legal Relations and Responsibility SECTION A-DEFINITIONS OF TERMS 1. CITY. The City of Waterloo, Iowa, which is the Party of the First Part of the accompanying contract,acting through its authorized representative. 2. COUNCIL. The duly elected Council of the City of Waterloo,Iowa. 3. ENGINEER. The City Engineer of Waterloo,Iowa,or his authorized representative. 4. INSPECTOR. The authorized representative of the Engineer, assigned to the detailed inspection of the work or materials therefore and to such other duties as may be delegated to him in these specifications. 5. CONTRACTOR. The Party of the Second Part in the accompanying contract for the improvement covered by these specifications,or his authorized representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR. Any person, firm, or corporation who has, with the approval of the Council,contracted with the Contractor to execute and perform in his stead all or any part of the contract. 7. BIDDER. Any individual, firm, or corporation submitting a proposal for all or a part of the work provided for in these specifications. 8. PROPOSAL GUARANTEE. The security designed in the Notice of Bidders or Proposal to be furnished by the bidder as a guarantee of good faith to enter into a contract and furnish an acceptable bond for the work contemplated if it be awarded him. 9. SURETY. The corporate body bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance of the contract. 10. PROPOSAL. The written Proposal, submitted by the bidder in the prescribed manner and on the standard form, for the improvements covered by these specifications. 11. SPECIFICATIONS. The documents that set forth the manner in which the proposed work is to be accomplished which have been prepared by the Engineer and approved by the City Council, official copies of which are now on file with the City Clerk. 12. SPECIAL PROVISIONS. Clauses or memoranda not contained herein, applying to the contract of which these specifications are a part,which change or supplement these specifications. 13. CONTRACT. The agreement entered into between the City and the Contractor, setting forth the terms under which the work covered by the plans and specifications is to be performed. The contract includes all conditions,definitions,and instructions set forth in the official publications relating to the work,the official contract GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-1 of 13 60279867 and specifications, the Proposal, official plans, and all supplemental agreements entered into by the parties to the contract. 14. NOTICE TO BIDDERS. The notice called attention of bidders to the time and place for receiving bids, containing a brief description of the work, and briefly setting forth the requirements and conditions for submission of Proposals. 15. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. The clauses setting forth in detail the information relative to the proposed work and requirements for the submission of Proposals. 16. PLANS. The plans for the improvement covered by the specifications and approved by the Council,official copies of which are on file with the City Clerk. — 17. CONTRACT BOND. The bond executed by the Contractor and his surety in favor of the City of Waterloo,Iowa,guaranteeing the complete execution of the contract in accordance with the plans and specifications, the payment of all debts pertaining to the work, and maintenance of the work as provided by law or by the specifications. 18. CONTRACT PERIOD. The period from the specified date for beginning the work to the — specified date of completion,both dates inclusive. The contract period may be extended by the Council,as provided in these specifications,in which event the contract period includes the new date of completion. 19. OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. The official publications are the formal resolutions and notices relative to the proposed improvement that are required by law to be published in a prescribed manner and that have actually been published in accordance with the statutes relating thereto. Attention is directed to the fact that these official publications are by statute vested with all of the force and effect of contract obligations. 20. A.S.T.M. Abbreviation for American Society for Testing Materials. 21. WORK. The term "Work" of the Contractor and Subcontractor includes labor or materials or both,equipment,transportation,or other facilities necessary to complete the contract. 22. TIME. All time limits stated in the contract documents are of the essence in the contract. SECTION B-SCOPE OF WORK 1. CORRELATION AND INTENT OF DOCUMENTS. The Contract documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intention of the documents is to include all labor,materials, equipment, and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work. Materials or work described in words which, so applied,have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standard. 2. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, the engineer shall furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the work. The Contractor shall keep one (1) copy of all drawings and specifications on the work available to the Engineer and to his representatives. 3. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature,character and location of the work,the conformance to the ground, the character, quality, and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can, in any way, affect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with _ any officer,agent,or employee of the City,either before or after the execution of the Contract,shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-2 of 13 60279867 4. REPORTING ERRORS AND DISCREPANCIES. If the Contractor,in the course of the work, finds any discrepancies between the plans and the physical conditions of the locality, or any errors of omission in plans or in the layout as given by said stakes and instructions, it shall be his duty to inform the Engineer immediately,in writing,and the Engineer shall promptly correct the same. 5. ALTERATION OR CORRECTION OF PLANS. The plans are made up from surveys that are presumably correct and represent the foreseen construction requirements. Any modification of the plans which may be required by the exigencies of the construction or any corrections made necessary because of errors in the original surveys, will be made by the Engineer. Should corrections or modifications of the plans or specifications require a different quality or class of work than that upon which the unit prices in the Proposal are based, or if the modifications or corrections are required in parts of the work partially completed and such modifications result in an _ increased cost to the Contractor,the amount to be paid for work resulting from such changes shall be agreed upon in writing at the time the changes are ordered and before the work is begun by the Contractor. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits on work not performed. 6. CHANGES IN THE WORK. The City,without invalidating the contract, may order extra work or make changes by altering, adding to, or deducting from the work,the contract sum being adjusted by agreement or arbitration before such changed work is undertaken. All such work shall be executed under the conditions of the _ original contract,except that any claim for extension of time caused thereby shall be adjusted at the time of ordering such change. 7. INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES. The right is reserved without impairing the — contract, to order the performance of such work of a class not contemplated in the Proposal or to increase or decrease the quantities as may be considered necessary to complete fully and satisfactorily the work included in the contract. However,when the work is completed without change in the plans,and the measured quantity of any item of work varies by more than twenty percent (20%) from the estimated quantity specified in the contract, an adjustment in price may be made for such item of work by agreement between the Engineer and the Contractor, subject to the approval of the City Council. Either party to the contract may request such an adjustment. — 8. LANDS AND RIGHT OF WAY. The City shall provide the lands upon which the work under this contract is to be done, except that the Contractor shall provide land required for the erection of temporary construction facilities and storage of his material,together with the right of access to same. 9. CITY WATER. The Contractor shall be allowed to use City Water but before any water is used, he shall make application to the Waterloo Water Works for a temporary water connection from a fire hydrant or by some other connection method. Water usage will be charged at the rate for temporary water service. The rules, regulations, and water rates are available at the Waterloo Water Works offices at 325 Sycamore Street or their telephone number is 319-232-6280. 10. RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS. Whenever work being done by the City's forces or by — other Contractors is contiguous to work covered by this contract, the respective rights of the various interests involved shall be established by the Engineer to secure the completion of the various portions of the work in general harmony. 11. CLOSING STREETS TO TRAFFIC. The Engineer shall be the judge of how many streets or parts of streets it is necessary for the Contractor to close at any time and may refuse to permit the closing of additional streets until such of the work is finished and opened to traffic as he may direct. 12. OBSTRUCTION OF STREETS. The work is to be carried on in such manner as to obstruct the streets,highways, and alleys as little as possible. The Contractor shall carry on the different parts of the work so as to complete the whole,as nearly as practicable,at the same time. In doing the work,the Contractor shall follow the directions of the Engineer as to the place or places where work shall be started or be carried on and the direction in which it shall be done. GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-3 of 13 60279867 13. SHANTIES AND BUILDINGS. Shanties or other buildings shall not be erected in or upon any street, highway, or alley without permission of the Engineer. If such permission be granted, it may be upon any reasonable terms prescribed by the person or body granting such permission. 14. SANITARY CONVENIENCES. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary sanitary — conveniences,properly secluded, for the laborers on the work,and these shall be maintained in a manner that will be inoffensive to the public. 15. CLEANING UP. The Contractor shall, as directed by the Engineer, remove from the City's property and from all public and private property, at his own expense, all temporary structures,rubbish, and waste materials resulting from his operations before work can be considered completed. The Contractor shall also renew or replace any and all fences,sidewalks,or other property damaged or disturbed by his work. — 16. OMISSION OF PARTS OF GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. Parts of the General Specifications deemed not to apply to some particular work may be omitted by special reference in other parts of the contract documents. .w SECTION C-CONTROL OF MATERIALS AND WORK 1. SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION. The Engineer shall have supervision of the construction provided for in this Contract and shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, manner of performance, rate of progress on the work, and all questions regarding the acceptable fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. Materials and construction work shall,at all times,be subject to the inspection of the Engineer or his representatives. The Contractor shall be held strictly to the true intent of these specifications as regards the quality of materials, workmanship, and the diligent prosecution of the work. The Engineer and his representatives shall, at all times, have access to the work wherever it is in preparation of progress,and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and for inspection. If the specifications, the Engineer's instructions, law ordinances, or any public authority require any work and/or materials to be especially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of readiness for inspection. If the inspection is to be made by authority other than the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify the engineer of the date fixed for inspection. Inspections by the Engineer will be promptly made and, where practicable, at the source of supply. If any work should be covered up without the approval or consent of the Engineer, it must,if required by the Engineer,be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered by the Engineer, and, if so ordered, the work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accordance with the Contract,the City shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work be found not in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such cost unless he shall show that the defect in the work was caused by another Contractor, and, in that event, the City shall pay the cost. 2. AUTHORITIES AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being performed;also,to report whenever it appears that materials furnished and work performed by the Contractor fail to fulfill the requirements of the specifications and Contract,and to direct the attention of the Contractor to such failure or infringement;but such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligations to furnish acceptable materials or to provide completed construction that is satisfactory in every particular. In case of any dispute arising between the Inspector and the Contractor as to materials furnished or the manner of performing the work, the Inspector shall have the authority to reject materials or suspend the work until the question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Engineer. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge,relax,or release any requirements of these specifications. The Inspector shall,in no case, act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor,or interfere with the management of the work by the latter. GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-4 of 13 60279867 3. STATUS OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall have general supervision and direction of the work. He has authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the Contract. He shall also have authority to reject any work and/or materials which do not conform to the specifications, to direct the application of forces to any portion of the work as, in his judgment, is required, and to order the force increased or diminished,and to decide questions which arise in the execution of the work. 4. ENGINEER'S DECISIONS. The Engineer shall, within a reasonable time, make decisions on all claims of the Contractor and on all other matters relating to the execution and progress of the work or the interpretation of the contract documents. All such decisions of the Engineer shall be final except as to the element of time and financial consideration involved,which,if no agreement in regard thereto is reached,shall be subject to arbitration. 5. STAKES AND INSTRUCTIONS. The Contractor shall provide reasonable and necessary opportunities and facilities for setting stakes and making measurements. The Contractor shall not furnish stakes or men to set them. He shall not proceed until he has received from the Engineer such stakes and instructions as may be necessary to the progress of the work. The Contractor shall carefully preserve bench marks,reference points, and stakes, and in case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting extra expense and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused,by their loss or disturbance. 6. SUPERINTENDENCE. The Contractor shall keep on his work during its progress a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Engineer. The Superintendent shall not be changed except with the consent of the Engineer, unless the Superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. The Superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence, and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important decisions shall be confirmed in writing to the Contractor. Other directions shall be so confirmed on written request in each case. The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the work using his best skill and attention. He shall carefully study and compare all drawings, specifications, and other instructions, and shall report at once to the Engineer any error,inconsistency,or omission which he may discover. 7. REMOVAL OF UNAUTHORIZED WORK. Work done without lines and grade being give, work done beyond lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein provided, or any extra or additional work done without authority,will be considered as unauthorized and at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for under the provisions of the Contract. Work so done may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 8. REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR WORK. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all materials condemned by the engineer as failing to conform to the Contract; whether incorporated in the work or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute his own work in accordance with the contract and without expense to the City,and shall bear the expense of making good all work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. If the Contractor does not remove such condemned work and materials within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice, the City may remove them and may store the material at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expense of such removal within a reasonable time thereafter, the City may, upon ten (10) days' written notice, sell such materials at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs and expense that should have been borne by the Contractor; or, if the net proceeds of such sale are insufficient to pay the expenses of removal, the City may deduct the balance from any amounts due the Contractor. 9. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, AND FACILITIES. Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light, power, GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-5 of 13 60279867 transportation,and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work. Materials shall be of the quality specified for each particular part of the work. Whenever, in construction of the work or in the manufacture of any article of appliance necessary for the construction or operation of the work, it is necessary to use any material that is not fully specified in these — specifications,it shall be of good quality and shall meet with the approval of the Engineer. Any appliance that is necessary for the construction or operation of the work and is commonly recognized _ as a part of the work, shall be furnished by the Contractor as part of the work,whether or not it is specifically called for in the plans and specifications, and such appliance shall be of good quality and standard make and shall meet with the approval of the Engineer. 10. MATERIAL SAMPLES. Before the contract is awarded,the bidder may be required to furnish a statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any and all materials proposed for use in the performance of the Contract, together with samples of the material. These samples will be considered as representative and typical of the material to be obtained from any particular source. 11. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall employ competent and efficient workmen for every kind of work. Any person employed on the work who shall refuse or neglect to — obey the directions of the engineer or Inspector, or who shall be deemed incompetent or disorderly, or who shall commit trespass upon public or private property in the vicinity of the work,shall be dismissed when the Engineer so orders, and shall not be re-employed unless express permission be given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall, at all times,enforce discipline and good order among his employees. The methods, equipment, and appliances used on the work, and the labor employed, shall be such as will produce a satisfactory quality of work and shall be adequate to complete the contract within the specified time limit. — 12. HIRING CITY EMPLOYEES. The Contractor shall not employ and hire any of the City's employees without the permission of the Engineer. 13. LABOR. Local labor shall be given preferences so far as practicable. 14. THE CITY'S RIGHT TO DO WORK. If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly or fail to perform any provision of this Contract,the City of Waterloo,after three(3)days' written notice to the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor,provided,however,that the Engineer shall approve both such action and the amount charged to the Contractor. — SECTION D-PROCEDURE AND PROGRESS 1. ORDER OF COMPLETION - USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS. The Contractor shall complete any portion or portions of the work in such order or time as the Engineer may require. The City shall have the right to take possession of and use completed or partially completed portion of the work at any time, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of work so taken or used, or any part thereof. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time,or both,as the Engineer may determine. 2. WEATHER. During stormy or inclement weather, all work shall be suspended, except such as can be done in an acceptable manner. Permission to work during freezing, stormy,or inclement weather shall in no way be construed as a release of the Contractor's responsibility regarding the quality of the finished work at such time. 3. SUNDAYS AND LEGAL HOLIDAYS. Except for such work as may be required to properly maintain or protect completed or partially completed construction or to maintain lights and barricades,no work will be permitted on Sundays or legal holidays without specific permission of the Engineer. GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-6 of 13 60279867 4. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME. If the Contractor be delayed in the completion of the work by an act of neglect of the City, or its employees; or by any other Contractor employed by the City; or by changes ordered in the work;or by strikes,lockouts,fire,unusual delays in transportation,unavoidable casualties,or any cause beyond the Contractor's control; or by delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration; or by any _ cause which the Engineer shall decide justifies the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Engineer may decide will compensate for such delay. No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than thirty (30) days before claim therefore is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case of a continuing cause of delay,only one claim is necessary. This article does not exclude the recovery of damages for delay by either party under provisions in the contract documents. 5. TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Engineer shall have authority to suspend the work, who Ely or in part, for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the suitable prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure to the Contractor to carry out orders given or to perform any or all provisions of the Contract. 6. NOTICES - HOW SERVED. Any notice to be given by the City to the Contractor under this contract shall be deemed to be served if the same be delivered to the man in charge of any office used by the Contractor or his foreman or agent at or near the work, or deposited in the post office, postpaid, addressed to the �- Contractor at his last known place of business. 7. PROGRESS OF WORK. The progress of the work shall be such that, at the expiration of one- fourth (1/4) of the contract period, one-eighth (1/8) of the work shall be completed; at the expiration of one-half (1/2) of the contract period, three-eighths (3/8) of the work shall be completed; at the expiration of three-fourths (3/4) of the contract period,the work shall be three-fourths(3/4)completed,and the whole work shall be completed at the expiration of the contract period. If, at any time the above schedule is not being maintained, the Council may give written notice to the Contractor and his sureties that the specifications are not being complied with. Such notice shall state what action on the part of the Contractor is required to bring the work within the requirements of the specifications. If the Contractor fails,within ten(10)days,to proceed as directed in the said notice,then the Council shall have authority to annul thus contract without process or action at law and take over the prosecution and completion of the work, as provided under the article covering City's right to terminate contract. 8. CITY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT. If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt; or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of this creditor; or if a Receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency; or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided,to supply enough skilled workmen or proper materials;or if he should fail to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor; or if he should persistently disregard laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Engineer; or if he should otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the contract,then the City,upon the certificate of the Engineer that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,may,without prejudice to any other rights or remedy, and after giving the Contractor seven (7)days' written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such cases, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the contract price shall exceed the expenses of finishing the work, including compensation for additional managerial and administration services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the City. The expense incurred by the City as herein provided and the damage incurred through the Contractor's default shall be certified by the Engineer. GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-7 of 13 60279867 9. REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT. In the case of annulment of this contract before completion, from any cause whatsoever,the Contractor, if notified to do so by the City; shall promptly remove any part or all of his equipment and supplies from the property of the City, failing which,the City shall have the right to remove such equipment and supplies at the expense of the Contractor. SECTION E-MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT 1. STANDARD OF MEASUREMENT. All work completed under the contract shall be measured by the Engineer according to the United States standard measures. 2. SCOPE OF PAYMENTS. The Engineer's measurements of quantities shall be the basis for final — payment for the work performed under this Contract. After the work is completed, the Engineer will make measurements and computations of the number of units of each of the various items of work completed, and the Contractor will be paid for the actual amount of work performed at the rates specified in his Proposal. Before final settlement is made, the Council may require the Contractor to submit a list of all persons furnishing labor or materials, with evidence that such persons have been paid in full. Payment shall be made in the manner set forth in official publications and Council Proceedings relative thereto. 3. PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK. Such extra work as may have been ordered by the Engineer and performed by the Contractor shall be compensated for as provided herein. If work is to be done or materials are to be furnished by the Contractor which cannot properly be classified under unit prices included in the Proposal,the Contractor shall be paid therefore the actual reasonable cost of the labor and materials entering permanently in such work,plus fifteen percent(15%)of the cost thereof. In computing the labor cost on such extra work, the following items shall be included: (a) Actual payroll expenditures for labor at the current rate therefore,and cost of materials. (b) Pay of foreman and timekeepers for actual time required on the extra work. (c) Liability insurance,prorated, for the extra work. Labor cost items on extra work shall be furnished in duplicate by the Contractor to the Inspector daily. The Inspector shall check the items, and if he finds them to be correct, he shall so certify on the statement of cost, returning one copy to the Contractor and filing one copy with the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine the cost of materials entering into extra work from the materials and receipted freight bills for the same. For any special machine,power tools, or equipment, including fuel and lubricants,but not including small hand tools,which may be deemed necessary or desirable to use, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable rental thereon,to be agreed upon in writing by the Engineer before such work is begun,and to which sum no percentage is to be added. The item of cost shall not include repairs or replacement of equipment or overhead expenses of any character. The fifteen percent(15%)allowed is considered to cover the use of hand tools and all overhead expenses except liability insurance. In no case will a claim for extra compensation be allowed unless the work upon which the claim is based has been ordered in writing,except as provided hereinafter. 4. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST. If the Contractor claims that any instructions, by drawings or otherwise, involved extra cost under this contract, he shall give the Engineer written notice thereof within ten (10) days after completion of the work. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-8 of 13 60279867 5. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION. If the Contractor deems that extra compensation is due him for work and/or materials that he considered is not clearly covered in the items for which he submitted unit prices in his bid and that were not ordered in writing by the Engineer as an extra s heretofore provided, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, of his intention to make claim for extra compensation for work and/or material before starting construction. If such written notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper facilities by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as defined herein, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive the claim for extra compensation. Such notice to the engineer and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of cost as aforesaid, shall not in any way be construed as proving the validity of the claim, which must be passed upon by the Council. In the event that the Council finds the claim to be just, it shall be allowed and paid for as extra work as provided herein. _ 6. COMPLETION REPORT AND OBJECTIONS THERETO. Within ten (10) days after the full completion of the work to be done under this contract, the Engineer shall make a written statement of all the work done by the Contractor hereunder, stating the quantity of each item as found by him and including a statement of all credits for extra work and all credits or debits for changes, alterations, omissions, and defects, and shall — forthwith deliver a copy of such statement to the Contractor. The Contractor shall compare such statement with his own records and shall then, in writing, either approve such statement or point out any claimed errors or omissions. If any of such claims are found correct,the Engineer shall,within ten(10) days,prepare a new statement, a copy of which shall in like manner be delivered unto the Contractor. The Engineer will not file a formal completion report with the City until the Contractor has approved the same. If the figures of the Engineer and the Contractor cannot be reconciled, or there is a difference of opinion regarding some item or items, then such difference of opinion shall be submitted to arbitration as hereinafter provided,and the decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be fmal,and the Engineer shall,within a period of five (5)days,file his completion report. Before action by the City Council upon such completion report, the Contractor shall also file a written statement of any claims he may have against the City, other than those shown by such completion report, growing out of this contract or the work done hereunder. The City shall retain ten percent (10%) of the amount due the Contractor on the completion report for a period of thirty (30) days. If no claims are filed against the Contractor within thirty(30)days,the fmal ten percent(10%)shall then be paid to the Contractor. 7. WAIVER. By the execution of this contract ,the Contractor agrees that any objections he may have to the statement of the amount of work done hereunder included by the Engineer in this completion report,and any claims of the Contractor against the City growing out of this contract and the work done hereunder which are not stated in writing in the manner and within the time provided in Article 6, Section E hereof, shall be waived,and no such claim shall thereafter be asserted against the City. SECTION F-LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1. LAWS RELATING TO WORK. The Contractor is presumed to be familiar with all laws, ordinances, and regulations which may, in any manner, affect those engaged or employed upon the work or the materials or equipment used in or upon the work, and shall conduct the work so as not to conflict with such laws, ordinances.and regulations. 2. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY. The Contractor for any part of the — improvement shall be held responsible for the care of materials and of partially completed and completed work until final acceptance of the same by the Council. He will be required to make good at his own expense any damage which the work may sustain from any cause prior to the filing of the engineer's certificate of completion. He shall _ take all risk from floods and casualties of every description and make no charge for delay due to such cause. He may,however,be allowed a reasonable extension of time on account of such delays. He shall correct or make good at his own expense all damages to adjacent property due to the acts or negligence of his employees of the prosecution of his work,and save the City harmless therefore. GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-9 of 13 60279867 The Contractor shall be held liable and responsible for all damages done to water, sewer, drain, or other underground pipes and structures,and to sidewalks and private property. —" 3. RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACCIDENTS. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damages sustained by persons or property due to the carrying on of his work until final acceptance thereof, or until released by the Engineer in writing. 4. LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Contractor shall carry liability insurance which shall save the City harmless and protect the public and any person from injury sustained by the reason of the prosecution of the work or the handling or storing of materials therefore, and said Contractor shall also carry liability insurance which shall meet the requirements of the Iowa Worker's Compensation Law. Before work shall be started on this contract, the Contractor shall furnish the City Clerk with proper affidavit or Affidavits executed by representatives of duly qualified insurance companies, evidencing that said insurance company or companies have issued liability insurance policies,effective during the life of the contract,or for a period of a least ten(10) days following the filing of written notice of cancellation, protecting the public and any person from injuries or damages sustained by reason of carrying on the work involved in the Contract. The affidavit shall specifically evidence the following forms of insurance protection: (a) Public liability insurance covering all operations performed by persons directly employed by the Contractor. (b) Public liability insurance covering all operations performed by any Subcontractor to whom a portion of the work may have been assigned. (c) Public liability insurance covering all work upon the project performed by any independent Contractor working under the direction of either the principal Contractor or a Subcontractor. (d) Motor vehicle bodily injury liability insurance and property damage liability insurance on all motor vehicles employed on the work, whether owned by the Contractor or by other persons, firms,or corporations. (e) The minimum protection shall be as follows: Comprehensive General Liability Insurance General Aggregate Limit $5,000,000.00 '— Products—Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $5,000,000.00 _ Each Occurrence Limit $5,000,000.00 Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance $ 1,000,000.00 The Contractor shall have the Owner, City of Waterloo, Iowa, and Engineer, AECOM, named as an "Additional Named Insured". A certificate,or a policy if requested,shall be filed with the Owner. All certificates and/or policies of insurance furnished by the Contractor to be filed with the City Clerk shall include the name and address of the agency issuing the same. It shall also be required that the City Clerk be notified by registered mail of the cancellation or expiration of the above insurance. ._ 5. BARRICADES AND SIGNS. The Contractor shall, at his own expense and without further or other order, provide, erect, and maintain, at all times during the progress and suspension of the work and until completion and final acceptance thereof, suitable and requisite barricades, signs, or other adequate protection, as required by the latest edition of the "Iowa Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-10 of 13 60279867 and shall provide, keep, and maintain such barricades, signs, etc., as may be required or as may be ordered by the City Engineer,to insure the safety of the public as well as those engaged on the work. All barricading plans shall be approved by the City Engineer. 6. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS. The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall _ defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the City harmless from loss on account thereof, except that the City shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or the product of a particular manufacturer is specified. 7. PERMITS AND REGULATIONS. Permits and licenses of a temporary nature for the prosecution of the work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, license, and easements for permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the City. 8. CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES. Any claim for damages arising under this Contract shall be made in writing to the party liable within a reasonable time of the first observance of such damage and no later than the time of final payment, except as expressly stipulated otherwise in the case of faulty work or materials, and shall be adjusted by agreement or arbitration. The Contractor shall be held for the payment of all just claims against him arising out of the prosecution of this contract,and his bond will not be released until such claims are paid for dismissed. 9. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall not sell or assign the contract or sublet any portion of the work provided for therein without the written consent of the City Council. 10. SUBCONTRACTORS. The Contractor shall, as soon as practicable after the signature of the contract, notify the Engineer in writing of the names of the Subcontractors proposed for the work and shall not employ any that the Engineer may,within a reasonable time,object to as incompetent or unfit. The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the City for the acts and omission of his Subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any contractual relation between any Subcontractor and the City. 1 . ARBITRATION. All questions subject to arbitration under this Contract shall be submitted to arbitration at the choice of either party to the dispute. The Contractor shall not cause a delay of the work during any arbitration proceedings,except by agreement with the Engineer. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the Engineer, in the case of an appeal from his decision, within ten(10) days of its receipt, and in any other case,within a reasonable time after cause thereof, and in no case later than the time of final payment, except as otherwise expressly stipulated in the contract. If the Engineer fails to make a decision within a reasonable time, an appeal to arbitration may be taken as if his decision had been rendered against the part appealing. No one shall be nominated or act as an arbitrator who is in any way financially interested in the contract or in the business affairs of either the City or the Contractor. The general procedure shall conform to the laws of the State of Iowa. Unless otherwise provided by such laws,the parties may agree upon one arbitrator; otherwise, there shall be three--one named in writing by each party to this contract to the other party,and the third chosen by these two arbitrators,or,if they fail to select a third within ten(10)days,then he shall be chosen by the Comptroller of the State of Iowa. Should either party refuse or neglect to supply the arbitrators with any papers or information demanded in writing,the arbitrators are empowered by both parties to proceed ex parte. GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-11 of 13 60279867 If there be one arbitrator, his decision shall be binding; if three, the decision of any two shall be binding. Such decision shall be a condition precedent to any right of legal action,and, wherever permitted by law, it may be filed in Court to carry it into effect. The arbitrators, if they deem that the case demands it, are authorized to award to the party whose contention is sustained such sums as they shall deem proper for the time,expense,and trouble incident to the appeal, and, if the appeal was taken without reasonable cause, damages for delay, the arbitrators shall fix their own _ compensation unless otherwise provided by agreement,and shall assess the costs and charges of the arbitration upon either or both parties. The award of the arbitrators must be in writing, and it shall not be open to objections on account of the form of proceeding or the award,unless otherwise provided by the laws of Iowa. In the event of such laws providing on any matter covered by this article otherwise than as hereinbefore specified, the method of procedure throughout and the legal effect of the award shall be wholly in accordance with the laws of the State of Iowa, it being intended hereby to lay down a principle of action to be followed, leaving its local application to be adopted to the legal requirements of the place in which the work is to be done. 12. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. The Contractor shall, at the time of execution and delivery of this contract and before the taking effect of same, furnish and deliver to the City written bonds of indemnity to the amount required by law in form and substance, and with surety thereon satisfactory and acceptable to the City,to insure the faithful performance and payment by the Contractor of all the covenants and agreements on the part of the Contractor contained in this contract. These bonds shall remain in force and effect for the full amount of the Contract. 13. PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the provisions of the Contract or in exercising any power or authority granted him thereby, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer or his authorized assistants, either personally or as an official of the City, it being understood that in such matters he acts as the agent and representative of the City. -- 14. JURISDICTION. Any action in Court against the Contractor or sureties on his bond because of damages to property or individuals by said Contractor or his workmen,or because of the violation of any provisions of the specifications, or on account of the failure of said Contractor to comply fully with these provisions, shall be brought in the District Court of the State of Iowa in and for Black Hawk County. 15. TERMINATION OF RESPONSIBILITY. The Contract shall be considered as completed and —' the Contractor released from further obligations except as to the requirements of his bond, after the work has been completed and finally accepted and final estimates have been allowed and the completion report of the engineer has been filed and approved by the Council. 16. CITY'S LEGAL RIGHTS. The City shall not be precluded by any measurements, estimate, or certificate made, either before or after the completion and acceptance of the work and payment therefore, from showing the true amount and character of the work performed and materials furnished by the Contractor, or from showing that any such measurement, estimate, or certificate is untrue or incorrectly made, or the work or materials do not,in fact,conform to the Contract. GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-12 of 13 60279867 The City shall not be precluded, notwithstanding any such measurements, estimate, or certificate and payment in accordance therewith, from recovering from the Contractor and his surety such damages as it may sustain by reason of his failure to comply with the terms of the Contract. Neither the acceptance by the City or any of its representatives,nor any payment for or acceptance of the whole or any part of the work, nor any extension of _ time, nor any possession taken by the City, shall operate as a waiver on any portion of the contract or of any power herein reserved,or any right to damages herein provided. A waiver of any breach of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. * * *END OF SECTION* * * GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.847 GS-13 of 13 60279867 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. SUBCONTRACTS The contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work to require compliance by each subcontractor with the applicable provisions of the contract for the improvements embraced in this contract. 2. REVIEW BY THE CITY OF WATERLOO The City of Waterloo, its authorized representatives and agents, shall at all times have access to and be permitted to observe and review all work, materials, equipment, payrolls, personnel records, employment conditions, material invoices, and other relevant data and records pertaining to this contract, provided, however, that all instructions and approval with respect to the work will be given to the contractor only by the City of Waterloo through its authorized representative or agents. 3. INSPECTION ._ a. The contractor shall furnish promptly all materials reasonably necessary for any tests which may be required. All tests by the City of Waterloo will be performed in such manner as not to delay the work unnecessarily and will be made in accordance with the provisions of the Technical Specifications. b. Inspection of materials and appurtenances to be incorporated in the improvements embraced in this contract may be made at the place of production,manufacture or shipment, whenever the quantity _ justifies it, and such inspection and acceptance,unless otherwise stated in the Technical Specifica- tions, shall be final, except as regards (1) latent defects, (2) departures from specific requirements of the contract, (3) damage or loss in transit, or (4) fraud or such gross mistakes as amount to fraud. Subject to the requirements contained in the preceding sentence,the inspection of materials as a whole or in part will be made at the project site. 4. WARRANTY OF TITLE No material, supplies, or equipment to be installed or furnished under this contract shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale, lease-purchase or other agreement by which an _ interest therein or in any part thereof is retained by the seller or supplier. The contractor shall warrant good title to all materials, supplies, and equipment installed or incorporated in the work and upon completion of al work, shall deliver the same together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by him to the City of Waterloo free from any claims, liens, or charges. Neither the contractor nor any person, firm,or corporation furnishing any material or labor for any work covered by this contract shall have any right to a lien upon any improvement or appurtenance thereon. Nothing contained in this paragraph, however, shall defeat or impair the right of persons furnishing materials or labor to recover _ under any bond given by the contractor for their protection or any rights under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the contractor in the hands of the City of Waterloo. The provisions of this paragraph shall be inserted in all subcontracts and material contracts and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the work when no formal contract is entered into for such materials. * * *END OF SECTION* * * SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL PSECS. CONTRACT NO.847 SGS-1 of 1 60279867 FORM OF CONTRACT CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN CITY CONTRACT NO.847 CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA This contract made and entered into this day of 2013, by and between the _ City of Waterloo,Iowa,a Municipal Corporation,(hereinafter referred to as(City),and ,of ,(hereinafter referred to as Contractor),WITNESSETH: PAR. 1 Contractor agrees to build and construct the LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN, CONTRACT NO. 847, and furnish all necessary tools, equipment, materials, and labor necessary to do all the work called for in the plans and specifications in a workmanshiplike manner and for the prices set forth in Contractor's proposal,which was accepted by the City,and which is understood and agreed to be a part of this contract. PAR.2 It is understood and agreed that the resolution adopted by the City Council ordering the construction of the improvement, the Notice to Contractors as published, the Instruction to Bidders, the Form of Proposal,the Construction and Maintenance Bonds,the Council Proceedings relating to this matter,and the Plans and Specifications shall all be considered as forming a part of the contract the same as though they were each set out in said contract. PAR.3 The Contractor agrees to furnish at its own cost and expense,all necessary materials and labor for said work and to construct said improvements in a thorough, substantial, and workmanlike manner, and in strict accordance with the requirements of this contract,and of the plans and specifications made a part hereof by reference,and to the satisfaction and approval of the City and its engineer. PAR.4 The Contractor agrees to perform said work and install said improvements on the terms set out in bid or proposal to the City which has been accepted by the City and which is by reference made a part of this contract. PAR.5 The work under the proposed contract shall be commenced within ten(10)working days after receipt of "Notice to Proceed" and all items shall be completed on or before April 30, 2014,unless an extension of time is authorized by the City Council. PAR.6 Should the Contractor fail to complete said improvements in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this contract, or the plans and specifications therefore promptly by the date herein specified,the City may pay such additional sums as it may be required to pay by reason of the failure of said contractor and deduct any and all such sums from any amount then due the Contractor. PAR.7 The Contractor agrees to comply with and obey all ordinances of the City of Waterloo,Iowa,relating to the obstruction of streets and alleys, keeping open passage ways for water, traffic, and protecting any excavations in any street or alley, and maintaining proper and sufficient barricades with lights and signals during all hours of darkness,to see that the backfilling is properly done,and agrees to keep the City whole and defend any and all suits that may be brought against the City by reason of any injuries that may be sustained by any person or property allegedly caused by the Contractor,or his agents,while work is done pursuant to this agreement. FORM OF CONTRACT CONTRACT NO.847 C-1 of 4 60279867 PAR. 8 The Contractor agrees that in the event a law suit is brought against the City for damages allegedly sustained by reason of any act,omission or negligence of the Contractor or its agents,or on account of any injuries allegedly sustained by reason of any obstruction,hole, depression or barrier placed or dug by the defendant or its agents,in the doing of the work herein contracted for,that it will defend said suit and save the City harmless therein, and in case judgment is rendered against the City, the Contractor — agrees to pay the same promptly. The Contractor agrees to carry public liability insurance in a solvent company in a sufficient amount to protect the City and those who use the streets of the City. PAR. 9 The City shall have the right to appoint one or more construction reviewers who shall review the progress of the work in detail; also, to make any test or any material to be used in such work. No material shall be used in any work until the same has first been approved by the construction reviewer. Such construction reviewer shall have full authority to pass judgment upon all materials and upon the manner of doing the work,and their judgment on rejecting any materials,substance,or manner of work shall be final unless it is revoked or modified by the City Engineer. PAR. 10 Any material,which has been rejected by the construction reviewer, shall be at once removed from the line of work and shall not be again taken thereon or placed with the material proposed to be used without the written consent of the City Engineer. PAR. 11 The Contractor shall maintain no cause of action against the City on account of delays and prosecution of work, but if said work is delayed by the City, the Contractor shall have such extra time for completion of the job as was lost by reason of the delay caused by the City. _ PAR. 12 The Contractor agrees to pay punctually all just claims of labor, material, men, or subcontractors who shall perform labor or furnish materials entering into this improvement. It is agreed that the City need not pay the Contractor until all such claims are paid by the Contractor. It is agreed that the City shall not be liable for said labor,material,or men under this contract. PAR. 13 The Contractor agrees to furnish the City, simultaneously with this contract, a bond on a form to be — provided by the City in the amount provided by law as stated in the Notice to Bidders,which shall be for the benefit of the City, and any and all persons injured by the breach of any of the terms of this contract. Said bond shall be filed with the City Clerk and shall be subject to the approval of the City Council,and is by reference made a part of this contract. PAR. 14 The Contractor agrees that should it abandon work under this contract or cease the prosecution thereof for a period of thirty(30)consecutive days without reasonable cause, and should it fail to proceed with said work within ten (10) days after a notice to continue or carry it on has been mailed to it at the address given herein by the City,or after such notice has been served on it,then the City may proceed to complete said work,using any material,tools,or machinery found along said line of work,doing the _ work either by contract or as it may elect,and the Contractor and the sureties on its bond shall be liable to the City for the costs and expenses so paid out. Said costs shall be retained by the City from any compensation due, or to become due the Contractor, and may be recovered by the City in an action upon Contractor's bond. PAR. 15 In consideration of the full compliance on the part of the Contractor with all the provisions,stipulations, and conditions hereof,or contained in the various instruments made a part of this contract by reference, and upon completion and acceptance of said work, the City agrees to pay to the Contractor, in the manner set out in the Notice to Contractors, the amount of money due the Contractor for work performed and accepted,at the unit prices set out in the Contractor's proposal,which has been accepted by the City. PAR. 16 The total amount of the contract, based on the Engineer's estimates of quantities and the Contractor's unit bid prices,and for which 100%surety bond is required,is$ FORM OF CONTRACT CONTRACT NO.847 C-2 of 4 60279867 PAR. 17 After the completion of said work,the Contractor agrees to remove all debris and clean up said streets, and to save the City harmless from any damage allegedly resulting from a failure to clean up and remove the debris or put the street back in a proper condition for travel. PAR. 18 This contract is not divisible, but in the event of a conflict between this contract and the various instruments incorporated by reference,this contract shall govern. PAR. 19 Before the Contractor shall be entitled to receive final payment for work done under this contract, it shall execute and file a bond in the penal sum of not less than 100%of the total amount of the contract, same to be known as"Maintenance Bond," and which bond must be approved by the City Council,and which bond is in addition to the bond given by the Contractor to guarantee the completion of the work. PAR.20 The Contractor shall maintain all work done hereunder in good order for the period of two (2) years from and after the date it is accepted by the Council of the City of Waterloo,Iowa. Said maintenance shall be made without expense to the City or the abutting property. In the event of the failure or default of the Contractor to remedy any or all defects appearing in said work within a period of two (2) years from the date of its acceptance by said Council, and after having been given ten(10) days notice so to do by registered letter deposited in the United States Post Office in said town, addressed to said contractor at the address herein given,then the City may proceed to remedy such defects. The costs and — expenses thereof to be recovered from the Contractor and the sureties on its maintenance bond by an action brought in any court of competent jurisdiction. PAR.21 The Contractor shall give notice to said City by registered letter directed to the Mayor or City Clerk/Auditor thereof not more than four(4)and not less than three(3)months prior to the expiration of the term during which the Contractor is required to maintain said improvements, in good repair by the terms of its Contract. The liability of the Contractor and of the sureties on its bond for maintenance of the said improvements shall continue until three(3)months after such notice has been given to the City, and,in any event,until two(2)years after the acceptance of the work. CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA —• Mayor City Clerk Contractor BY: Title: Approved by the City Council of the City of Waterloo,Iowa,this day of ,2013. ATTEST: ,City Clerk Waterloo,Iowa FORM OF CONTRACT CONTRACT NO.847 C-3 of 4 60279867 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, ,of (hereinafter called the Principal),and of (hereinafter called the Surety), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Waterloo (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the penal sum of Dollars($ ), lawful money of the United States,to payment of which sum, well and truly to be made,the Principal here firmly binds himself/themselves, his/their heirs, executors, and administrators, and the said Surety binds himself, his successors,assigns,executors,and administrators,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, WHEREAS the above bounden Principal did,on the day of 2013, enter into a written contract with the City of Waterloo, Iowa, for the construction of LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN,CONTRACT NO.847,a copy _ of which contract,together with all of its terms,covenants,conditions,and stipulations,is incorporated herein and made a part hereof as full and completely as if said contract were recited at length herein;and WHEREAS, the Principal and Surety on this bond hereby agree to pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal or with subcontractors, all just claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the contract on account of which bond is given when the same are not satisfied out of the portion of the contract price which the public corporation is required to retain until completion of the public _ improvement,but the Principal and Surety shall not be liable to said persons, firms,or corporation unless the claims of said claimants against said portion of the contract price shall have been established as provided by law. Now,if the Principal shall in all respects fulfill his said contract according to the terms and tenor thereof, and shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred for the same,and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so,and shall fully reimburse and repay the Obligee all outlays and expenses which it may incur in making good any such default,then the obligation is to be void and of no effect,otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Every Surety on this bond shall be deemed and held, any contract to the contrary notwithstanding,to consent without notice: 1. To any extension of time to the contract in which to perform the contract. 2. To any change in the plans,specifications,or contract when such change does not involve an increase of more than twenty percent (20%) of the total contract price, and shall then be released only as to such excess increase. 3. That no provision of this bond or of any other contract shall be valid which limits to less than one(1) year from the time of the acceptance of the work the right to sue on this bond for defect in workmanship or material not discovered or known to the Obligee at the time such work was accepted. PERFORMANCE BOND CONTRACT NO.847 PFB-1 of 2 60279867 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,we have hereunto set our hands and seals this day of ,2013. Principal By: Surety Attorney-in-Fact PERFORMANCE BOND CONTRACT NO.847 PFB-2 of 2 60279867 PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Name of Contractor) (Address of Contractor) a ,hereinafter called Principal, (Corporation,Partnership or Individual) and (Name of Surety) (Address of Surety) hereinafter called Surety,are held and firmly bound unto CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA (Name of Owner) 715 MULBERRY STREET,WATERLOO,IOWA 50703 (Address of Owner) hereinafter called OWNER,in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors,and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the OWNER,dated the day of ,_2013, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: LA PORTE ROAD PUMPING STATION AND FORCE MAIN CITY CONTRACT NO. 847 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms, SUBCONTRACTORS, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the WORK provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the _ construction of such WORK, and all insurance premiums on said WORK, and for all labor, performed in such WORK whether by SUBCONTRACTOR or otherwise,then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PAYMENT BOND CONTRACT NO.847 PB-1 of 2 60279867 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK to be performed thereunder or the SPECIFICATIONS accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this BOND, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK or to the SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder,whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS HEREOF,this instrument is executed in counterparts,each one of (number) _ which shall be deemed an original,this the day of 2013. ATTEST: — Principal _ (Principal)Secretary (SEAL) By (s) (Address) Witness as to Principal (Address) Surety ATTEST: By Attorney-in-Fact Witness as to Surety (Address) (Address) NOTE: Date of BOND must not be prior to date of Contract. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership,all partners should execute BOND. PAYMENT BOND CONTRACT NO.847 PB-2 of 2 60279867 APPENDIX 1. Pollution Prevention Plan 2. Storm Water Discharge 3. Change Order Form 4. Geotechnical Engineering Report POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN All contractors shall conduct their operations in a manner that controls pollutants, minimizes erosion, and prevents sediments from entering waters of the state and leaving the highway right-of-way. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance and implementation of the PPP for their entire contract. This responsibility shall be further shared with subcontractors whose work is a source of potential pollution as defined in this PPP. 1. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES - Designer: Prepares Base PPP included in the project plan. _ - Prepares Notice of Intent(NOI)submitted to Iowa DNR. - Signature authority on the Base PPP and NOI. Contractor/Subcontractor: - Affected contractors/subcontractors are co-permittees with the IDOT and will sign a certification statement adhering to the requirements of the NPDES permit and this PPP plan. All co-permittees are legally required under the Clean Water Act and the Iowa Administrative Code to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this PPP. - Submit a detailed schedule according to Article 2602 of the Specifications and any additional plan notes. Install and maintain appropriate controls. - Supervise and implement good housekeeping practices. Conduct joint required inspections of the site with inspection staff. Signature authority on Co-Permittee Certification Statements and storm water inspection reports. RCE/Inspector: - Update PPP whenever there is a change in design, construction, operation or maintenance, which has a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants from the project. - Maintain an up-to-date list that identifies contractors and subcontractors as co-permittees. - Make these plans available to the DNR upon their request. - Conduct joint required inspections of the site with the contractor/subcontractor. Complete an inspection report after each inspection. Signature authority on storm water inspection reports and Notice of Discontinuation(NOD). 2. PROJECT SITE DESCRIPTION This Pollution Prevention Plan is for the construction of the La Porte Road Pump Station and Force Main located along La Porte Road, from Orange Road to Thistledown Road in Waterloo, Iowa. This Pollution Prevention Plan (PPP)covers approximately 3.3 acres with an estimated 3.3 acres being disturbed. The PPP is located in an area of one soil associations (Kenyon-Floyd-Clyde). The estimated average SCS runoff curve number for this PPP after completion will be 62. Storm Water Site Map-Multiple sources of information comprise the base storm water site map including: - Drainage patterns-Plan and Profile sheets and Situation plans. Proposed Slopes-Cross Section sheets and Typical Sections. - Areas of Soil Disturbance-Construction limits shown on Plan and Profile sheets. Location of Structural Controls-Erosion Control Sheets. Locations of Non-structural Controls-Erosion Control Sheets. Locations of Stabilization Practices-Generally within construction limits shown on Plan and Profile sheets and Erosion Control Sheets. - Surface Waters(including wetlands)-Plan and Profile Sheets. Locations where storm water is discharged-Plan and Profile Sheets PPP-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 The base site map is amended by contract modifications and progress payments of completed erosion control work. Runoff from this work will flow from Overland flow and Drainage Swales into unnamed tributaries and ultimately to the Cedar River 3. CONTROLS The contractor's work plan and sequence of operations specified in Article 2602.03 for accomplishment of storm _ water controls should clearly describe the intended sequence of major activities and for each activity define the control measure and the timing during the construction process that the measure will be implemented. Preserve vegetation in areas not needed for construction. Section 2601 and 2602 of the Standard Specifications define requirements to implement pollution control measures. Actual quantities used may vary from the Base PPP and amendment of the plan will be documented via fieldbook entries or by contract modification. Additional pollution control items may be required as determined by the inspector and/or contractor during storm water monitoring inspections. If the work involved is not applicable to any contract items,the work will be paid for according to Article 1109.03 paragraph B. A. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS 1) Stabilization Practices - Site plans will ensure that existing vegetation is preserved where attainable and disturbed portions of the site will be stabilized. Stabilization measures shall be initiated as soon as practicable in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Temporary stabilizing seeding shall be completed as the disturbed areas are constructed. If construction activity is not planned to occur in a disturbed area for at least 7 days, the area shall be stabilized by temporary seeding or mulching within 7 days. Other stabilizing methods shall be used outside the seeding time period. Stabilization measures to be used for this project are located in the Estimated Project Quantities and Estimate Reference Information of the Construction Plan Set. Additional items may be found in the Inspector's Daily Reports(IDR)or Contract Modifications. 2) Structural Practices - Structural practices will be implemented to divert flows from exposed soils and detain or otherwise limit runoff and the discharge of pollutants from exposed areas of the site. Structural items to be used for this project are located in the Estimated Project Quantities and Estimate Reference Information located in the Construction Plan Set. Typical drawings detailing construction of the devices to be used on this project can be found on the Tpyical Section Sheets and the Erosion Control sheets of the plan or are referenced as a Standard Road Plan. 3) Storm Water Management - Measures shall be installed during the construction process to control pollutants in storm water discharges that will occur after construction operations have been completed. The installation of these devices may be subject to Section 404 of the Clean Water Act. B. OTHER CONTROLS Contractor disposal of unused construction materials and construction material wastes shall comply with applicable state and local waste disposal, sanitary sewer, or septic system regulations. In the event of a conflict with other governmental laws,rules and regulations,the more restrictive laws,rules or regulations shall apply. 1) Vehicle Entrances and Exits - Construct and maintain entrances and exits to prevent tracking of sediments onto roadways. PPP-2 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 2) Material Delivery, Storage and Use - Implement practices to prevent discharge of construction materials during delivery,storage,and use. 3) Stockpile Management - Install controls to reduce or eliminate pollution of storm water from stockpiles of soil and paving. 4) Waste Disposal-Do not discharge any materials,including building materials,into waters of the state, except as authorized by a Section 404 permit. 5) Spill Prevention and Control - Implement procedures to contain and clean-up spills and prevent material discharges to the storm drain system and waters of the state. 6) Concrete Residuals and Washout Wastes -Designate temporary concrete washout facilities for rinsing out concrete trucks. Provide directions to truck drivers where designated washout facilities are located. 7) Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning - Employ washing practices that prevent contamination of surface and ground water from wash water. 8) Vehicle and Equipment Fueling and Maintenance - Perform on site fueling and maintenance in accordance with all environment laws such as proper storage of onside fuels and proper disposal of used engine oil or other fluids on site. 9) Litter Management-Ensure employees properly dispose of litter. C.APPROVED STATE OR LOCAL PLANS During the course of this construction, it is possible that situations will arise where unknown materials will be encountered. When such situations are encountered, they will be handled according to all federal, state, and local regulations in effect at the time. 4. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES The contractor is required to maintain all temporary pollution control measures in proper working order, including cleaning, repairing, or replacing them throughout the contract period. This shall begin when the features have lost 50%of their capacity. _ 5. INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS Inspections shall be made jointly by the contractor and the contracting authority at least once every seven calendar days. Storm water monitoring inspections will include: Date of the inspection. Summary of the scope of the inspection. Name and qualifications of the personnel making the inspection. Rainfall amount. Review pollution control measures within disturbed areas for the effectiveness in preventing impacts to receiving waters. Major observations related to the implementation of the PPP. Identify corrective actions required to maintain or modify pollution control measures. Verify that locations where vehicles enter or exit the site control offsite sediment tracking. Completed storm water inspections shall be contained within the onsite SWPPP notebook and copies shall be submitted to the City of Waterloo after each inspection. PPP-3 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 Include storm water monitoring inspection reports in the Amended PPP. Incorporate any additional erosion and sediment control measures determined as a result of the inspection. Immediately begin corrective actions on all deficiencies found and complete all actions within 3 calendar days of the inspection. 6. NON-STORM WATER DISCHARGES This includes subsurface drains (i.e. longitudinal and standard subdrains) and slope drains. The velocity of the discharge from these features may be controlled by the use of patio blocks, Class A stone, erosion stone or other appropriate materials. 7. POTENTIAL SOURCES OF OFF RIGHT-OF-WAY(ROW)POLLUTION Silts, sediment, and other forms of pollution may be transported onto highway right-of-way(ROW) as a result of a storm event. Potential sources of pollution located outside highway ROW are beyond the control of this PPP. Pollution within highway ROW will be conveyed and controlled per this PPP. 8. DEFINITIONS Base PPP-Initial Pollution Prevention Plan. Amended PPP-May include Plan Revisions or Contract Modifications for new items and fieldbook entries made by the inspector. IDR-Inspector's Daily Report-this contains the inspector's daily diary and item postings. Controls - Methods, practices, or measures to minimize or prevent erosion, control sedimentation, control storm water,or minimize contaminants from other types of waste or materials. Signature Authority-Representative from Designer, Contractor/Subcontractor, or RCE/Inspector authorized to sign various storm water documents. 9. CITY OF WATERLOO CONSTRUCTION SITE RUNOFF(CSR)CHECKLIST Engineer shall complete Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and submit to City of Waterloo Engineering Department for review and approval - Engineer shall file Notice of Intent (NOI) with Iowa DNR,include in SWPPP. Include authorization document in SWPPP. Contractor shall install initial controls. Contractor shall contact City of Waterloo Engineering Department for pre-construction inspection prior to commencement of land disturbing activities. Contractor and Construction Inspector shall begin inspection reporting as soon as land disturbance occurs, continue minimum once per week until site is 70%stabilized,maintain and add controls as necessary. Once all areas identified in SWPPP or transfer of responsibility are 70%stabilized,contractor and Engineer shall contact City of Waterloo Engineering Department for post-construction inspection. After passage of post-construction inspection, Engineer shall file Notice of Discontinuation with IDNR, copy City of Waterloo Engineering Department PPP-4 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 Storm Water Discharge Associated With Industrial Activity For Construction Activities City Waterloo,Iowa Project County Black Hawk Project Number Certification Statement "I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site as part of this certification. Further,by my signature, I understand that I am becoming a co-permittee, along with the owner(s) and other contractors and subcontractors signing such certifications, to the Iowa Department of Natural Resources NPDES General Permit No. 2 for"Storm Water Discharge Associated with Industrial Activity for Construction Activities" at the identified site. As a co-permittee, I understand that I, and my company,are legally required under the Clean Water Act and the Code of Iowa,to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the storm water pollution prevention plan developed under this NPDES permit and the terms of this NPDES permit." Name Type, Stamp or Print Legibly Title Company Name Address Telephone Number Signed By Date (president, vice-president,general partner of proprietor) SW-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 CHANGE ORDER NO. Owner Date Project Owner's Contract No. Contractor Date of Contract Start $ You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents. Description: Reason hange Order: CONTRACT PRICE CONTRACT TIMES(Calendar Days) To substantial To final completion completion Original: $ Original Completion Date: Previous CIO's(ADD/DEDUCT): $ Previous CIO's(ADD/DEDUCT): — This C.O.(ADD/DEDUCT): $ This C.O.(ADD/DEDUCT): Contract Price with all REVISED: approved Change Orders: $ Revised Completion Date: It is agreed by the Contractor that this Change Order includes any and all costs associated with or resulting from the change(s)ordered herein, including all impact,delays,and acceleration costs. Other than the dollar amount and time allowance listed above,there shall be no further time or dollar compensation as a result of this Change Order. THIS DOCUMENT SHALL BECOME AN AMENDMENT TO THE CONTRACT AND ALL STIPULATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE CONTRACT SHALL APPLY HERETO. APPROVED: By: OWNER(Authorized Signature) Date ACCEPTED: By: CONTRACTOR(Authorized Signature) Date AECOM,Inc. 60279867 / Project Change Number Order No. CO-1 La Porte Rd PumpSta-ForceMain-60279867 Geotechnical Engineering Report Southview Estates & Cedar Hills Developments Pump Station Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 Terracon Project No. 13135021.01 Prepared for: AECOM Technical Services, Inc. Des Moines, Iowa Prepared by: Terracon Consultants, Inc. Cedar Falls, Iowa f liil i%%a % e/f'%'' Offices Nationwide Established in 1965 Employee-Owned terracon,cc Ilerracon Geotechnical Environmental Construction Materials Facilities April 5, 2013 llerracon AECOM Technical Services, Inc. — 500 SW 7th Street, Suite 301 Des Moines, IA 50309 Attn: Mr. Todd Allyn, P.E. P: 515.323.7910 E: todd.allyn(c�aecom.com Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report — Southview Estates & Cedar Hills Developments Pump Station Waterloo, Iowa Terracon Project No. 13135021.01 —' Dear Mr. Allyn: Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon) has completed the subsurface exploration and — geotechnical engineering services for the above referenced project. These services were performed in general accordance with our proposal number P13130059 dated February 21, 2013. This geotechnical engineering report presents the results of the subsurface exploration and provides geotechnical recommendations concerning lateral earth pressures and the design and construction of the proposed pump station foundation. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. If you have any questions concerning this report, or if we may be of further service, please contact us. Sincerely, Terracon Consultants, Inc. — 7 e • . leo/ Nicholas L. Hussey, E.I., M.S. Jason P. Heinz, P.E. _ Staff Geotechnical Engineer Iowa No. 18345 Copies: 2—Client 1 —File Terracon Consultants, Inc. 6612 Chancellor Drive, Ste. 102 Cedar Falls, Iowa 50613 P 319 277 4016 F 319 277 4320 terracon.com • 1 I Environmental Construction Materials Facilities TABLE OF CONTENTS Page EXECUTIVE SUMMARY I 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 _ 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 1 2.1 Project Description 1 2.2 Site Location and Description 2 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 2 3.1 Typical Profile 2 3.2 Groundwater Conditions 3 — 4.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 3 4.1 Geotechnical Considerations 3 4.1.1 Lower Strength Soils 3 4.1.2 Shallow Groundwater 4 4.2 Foundation Subgrade Preparation, Structural Fill and Backfill 4 _ 4.2.1 Pump Station Foundation Subgrade Preparation 4 4.2.2 Structural Fill and Backfill Types 5 4.2.3 Fill Placement and Compaction Requirements 5 4.2.4 Considerations for Subgrade Preparation and Fill Placement 6 4.3 Pump Station Foundation Recommendations 6 4.3.1 Pump Station Foundation Design Recommendations 7 4.3.2 Pump Station Foundation Construction Considerations 7 4.4 Lateral Earth Pressures 8 4.5 Seismic Site Classification 10 5.0 GENERAL COMMENTS 11 _ APPENDIX A— FIELD EXPLORATION Exhibit A-1 Site Location Map Exhibit A-2 Boring Location Diagram — Exhibit A-3 Boring Log Exhibit A-4 Field Exploration Description — APPENDIX B — SUPPORTING INFORMATION Exhibit B-1 Laboratory Testing APPENDIX C — SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS Exhibit C-1 General Notes Exhibit C-2 Unified Soil Classification System Responsive v Resourceful v Reliable Geotechnical Engineering Report Pump Station Waterloo, Iowa err April 5, 2013 • Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A geotechnical exploration has been performed for the proposed Orange Road Pump Station located northwest of the intersection of Orange Road and La Porte Road in Waterloo, Iowa. Terracon's geotechnical scope of work included the advancement of one (1) soil boring to a depth of approximately 201/2 feet below the existing grade. Based on the results of the subsurface exploration, laboratory testing, and our evaluation, the site is generally suitable for the proposed construction. Special design and construction considerations will be required for this project due to: The presence of lower strength soils at the anticipated bearing depth of the pump station that may require overexcavation and replacement with structural fill; a The presence of shallow groundwater that will need to be removed during foundation excavation and construction. Provided the recommendations contained in this report are implemented during the design and construction, the proposed pump station may be supported on a mat foundation bearing on a layer of granular structural fill over suitable, native soil. a Assuming proper foundation subgrade preparation, total and differential settlement of the pump station should be equal to, or less than the estimated amounts. a Based on the limited subsurface information obtained, the 2009 International Building Code (IBC), the seismic site classification for this site is D. On-site soil/material should be used as wall backfill only after approval by the project designer. Due to the presence of partly organic soil/material, sorting should be expected. Moisture conditioning should also be expected if on-site soils are re-used for backfill. 1 The foundation bearing subgrade, and fill placement and compaction for this project should be observed and evaluated by Terracon personnel. This summary should be used in conjunction with the entire report for design purposes. It should be recognized that details were not included or fully developed in this section, and the report must be read in its entirety for a comprehensive understanding of the items contained herein. The section titled GENERAL COMMENTS should be read for an understanding of the report limitations. ass: slve asca'ca;,r1 • e :able GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT SOUTHVIEW ESTATES & CEDAR HILLS DEVELOPMENT PUMP STATION WATERLOO, IOWA Terracon Project No. 13135021.01 April 5, 2013 1.0 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of the subsurface exploration and geotechnical engineering services performed for a proposed pump station to be located northwest of the intersection of Orange Road and La Porte Road in Waterloo, Iowa. The geotechnical scope o' work for this project included the advancement of one (1) soil boring to an approximate depth of 201/2 feet below the existing grade. The purpose of these services is to provide information and geotechnical engineering recommendations relative to: subsurface soil conditions foundation design and construction m groundwater conditions lateral earth pressures A Site Location Plan (Exhibit A-1), a Boring Location Plan (Exhibit A-2), and loc of the boring (Exhibit A-3) are included in Appendix A of this report. The results of laboratory testing performed on soil samples obtained from the site during the field exploration are included on the boring log. Descriptions of the field exploration and laboratory testing are included in their respective appendices. 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 2.1 Project Description Item Description Site layout Refer to the Boring Location Plan, Exhibit A-2, in Appendix A Proposed structure A new reinforced concrete pump station extending to a depth of about 10 feet below the existing grade is planned to be constructed. Assumed maximum contact pressure 1,500 pounds per square foot(psf) contact p. Maximum site grading a Cut: 2 feet (assumed) m Fill: 2 feet Responsive ® Resourceful Reliable 1 Geotechnical Engineering Report lierracon Pump Station •Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 v Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 2.2 Site Location and Description Item Description Location Northwest of the intersection of Orange Road and La Porte Road in Waterloo, Iowa Site topography Relatively flat Current ground cover Grass and trees 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1 Typical Profile Based on the results of the boring, subsurface conditions on the project site can be generalized as follows. The following depths are in reference to the grade existing at the time the boring was performed. Approximate Depth to Consistency/ Stratum Bottom of Stratum Material Description Density (feet) Surface 2 Topsoil (Possible Fill) N/A 1 3%2 Sandy lean clay, trace gravel (Possible Fill) Medium stiff 2 5 Lean to fat clay, trace sand and organics Medium stiff to stiff 3 7%2 Lean to fat clay, trace sand Medium stiff 4 19 Sandy lean clay, trace gravel Soft to medium stiff >20% 5 Sandy lean to fat clay, trace gravel Stiff (Bottom of Boring) Conditions encountered at the boring location are indicated on the boring log. Stratification boundaries on the boring log represent the approximate location of changes in material types; in situ, the transition between materials may be gradual or abrupt both horizontally and vertically. More detailed descriptions of the conditions encountered in the boring can be found on the boring log in Appendix A of this report. ' `moo .ia'b' 2 Geotechnical Engineering Report rrc�r� Pump Station �/Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 3.2 Groundwater Conditions The boring was observed during drilling and sampling for the presence and level of groundwater. At that time, groundwater was encountered in the boring at a depth of about 91/2 feet below the existing grade. The borehole was left open approximately five days., so a delayed water level observation could be made. At this time, groundwater was observed at a depth of about 5'/2 feet below the existing grade. Following the delayed observation, the boring was backfilled with on-site soils. Due to the presence of lower permeability soil encountered in the boring, a relatively long period of time is required for a groundwater level to develop and stabilize in a borehole. Long term observations in wells or piezometers would be required for a better evaluation of groundwater conditions at the site. Groundwater level fluctuations will occur due to seasonal variations in the amount of rainfall, runoff, and other factors not evident at the time the boring was performed. Also, trapped or "perched" water can develop within existing fill and within sand seams within native clay soils. Therefore, groundwater levels during construction or at other times during the life of the pump station may be higher or lower than the level indicated on the boring log. Groundwater level fluctuations should be considered when developing the design and construction plans for the project. 4.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 4.1 Geotechnical Considerations Based on the project information, and the results of the subsurface exploration, laboratory testing, and our evaluation, it is our opinion that the pump station can be supperted on a mat foundation bearing a layer of structural fill over native, clay soil with some limitations. Special design and construction considerations will be required for this project due to: The presence of lower strength soil near the anticipated bearing foundation level; a The presence of shallow groundwater. 4.1.1 Lower Strength Soils An excavation about 12 feet below the existing grade is anticipated for the pump station. Based on the conditions encountered in the boring, it appears that lower strength and higher moisture content lean clay soil with sand seams will be present at the bearing level of he foundation. This soil type can exhibit variable strength and will be susceptible to disturbance from construction activity. Overexcavation may therefore be required to reach suitable bearing soil and the contractor should be prepared to remove additional soil, if unsuitable bearing soil is encountered. R aspo as l Re. able 3 Geotechnical Engineering Report 1rr Pump Station •Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 7.0 Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 4.1.2 Shallow Groundwater Groundwater was observed at a depth of about 51/2 feet below the existing grade. We anticipate that an excavation of about 12 feet in depth will be required for pump station construction. Groundwater seepage from sand and/or silt seams into the excavation should be expected to occur. Therefore, we anticipate that a dewatering system will be required to facilitate pump station construction. It is important to note that groundwater levels during construction may differ from that which was encountered in the boring. Recommendations for the design and construction of dewatering and earth retention systems are beyond our scope of services for this project. 4.2 Foundation Subgrade Preparation, Structural Fill and Backfill 4.2.1 Pump Station Foundation Subgrade Preparation • Topsoil, vegetation, and any otherwise unsuitable materials should be removed from the construction area. Organic material should be disposed of off-site or stockpiled for use in landscaped areas. Existing improvements, such as underground utilities, if any, should be removed from below the proposed structure and the resulting excavations backfilled with structural fill compacted in accordance with the recommendations of this report. Care should be taken so the underlying soil is not disturbed during construction. Prior to the placement of any structural fill below the bearing level of the foundation, the subgrade should be observed and evaluated by Terracon personnel. The evaluation of the bearing subgrade should include probing and strength testing across the bearing area of the foundation. If unsuitable soil is present, removal and replacement with structural fill will be required. Terracon should be retained to perform the bearing soil evaluation and could assist in developing appropriate foundation subgrade preparation procedures based on the conditions encountered during construction. Upon completion of fill placement, care should be taken to maintain the subgrade moisture content prior to construction of the foundation. Disturbance of the completed foundation subgrade should be avoided. If the subgrade should become frozen, desiccated, saturated, or disturbed, the affected material should be removed or the material should be scarified, moisture conditioned, and recompacted prior to foundation construction. It is important to note that suitable soil and compacted fill can lose strength and density if groundwater is allowed to rise near or above the working construction grade. Previously suitable bearing soil and compacted structural fill may require removal and replacement if the groundwater level is permitted to rise near or above the working grade. The placement of a layer of granular material below the bearing level of the foundation will help to reduce subgrade disturbance and provide a working platform for construction. R.escons e "es u eb s -a .able 4 Geotechnical Engineering Report lierracon Pump Station 6 Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 4.2.2 Structural Fill and Backfill Types Fill placed below the bearing level of the foundation (i.e. structural fill) may consist of well- graded granular material. The use of granular material would provide for greater ease of placement and compaction and help facilitate removal of groundwater in the excavation. The use of granular fill in limited and deeper fill areas would also help reduce the amount of post- construction settlement. Structural fill and wall backfill should meet the following material property requirements: Fill Type 1 USCS Classification Acceptable Location for Placement Low-Plasticity, Fine- CL, CL SC a Below the recommended granular layer below — the lift station foundation grained Material 2 (LL 545 and PI 523) Pump station wall backfill, if approved Granular 3'4 GW, GC, GM E Below the pump station foundation -- On-Site Soils/Materials CL, CL/CH The non-organic, on-site soils/materials may be 2,8 suitable for reuse as pump station wall backfill. 1. Structural fill should consist of approved materials that are free of organic matter and debris. Frozen material should not be used, and fill should not be placed on a frozen subgrade. Each proposed material type should be sampled and evaluated by the geotechnical engineer prior to delivery and use on this project site. 2. Use of fine-grained material for wall backfill should be approved by the designer prior to its delivery, placement, and use for this project. Proper compaction of fine-grained material in confined areas may be difficult. The effects of the future settlement of wall backfill should be considered. 3. A well-graded, granular material with 10% or less fines (material passing the #200 sieve) is recommended immediately below the pump station foundation. 4. Use of a self-compacting backfill or controlled low-strength material (CLSM) could also be given consideration below the pump station foundation and for wall backfill. 5. Based on the results of the boring, it appears that the non-organic, on-site cohesive soils/materials could be reused. Soil/material with organic contents greater than 5% should not be used as structural fill for this project. Due to the presence of soils/materials with organics, sorting of suitable and unsuitable soils/materials should be expected. Moisture conditioning should also be expected to achieve compaction requirements. 4.2.3 Fill Placement and Compaction Requirements Structural fill and wall backfill should be placed and compacted in accordance with the following requirements: Item Description 9-inches or less in loose thickness when heavy, self- propelled compaction equipment is used. Fill Lift Thickness _ 4 to 6 inches in loose thickness when hand-guided equipment(i.e.jumping jack or plate compactor) is used. Responsive a Resourceful n Reliable 5 Geotechnical Engineering Report lf�rr�con Pump Station Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 Item Description 1 2 95 percent of the material's maximum dry density value as Minimum Compaction Requirement determined by ASTM Standard Test Method D 698 Below the Pump Station Foundation — — — Pump Station Wall Backfill 65 percent of the material's maximum density value per ASTM Standard Test Methods D 4253 and D 4254 — Moisture Content of Generally -2 to +3 percent of optimum as determined by Fine-grained Material j ASTM Standard Test Method D 698 Moisture Content of Generally -3 to +3 percent of optimum as determined by Granular Material 3 ASTM Standard Test Method D 698 1. We recommend that each lift of structural fill be tested for moisture content and compaction prior to the placement of additional structural fill or concrete. Should the results of the in-place density tests indicate the specified moisture or compaction limits have not been met, the area represented by the test should be reworked and retested as required until the specified moisture and compaction requirements are achieved. 2. If granular material is a coarse sand or gravel, is of a uniform size, or has a low fines content, compaction comparison to relative density may be more appropriate. 3. The gradation of a granular material affects its stability and the moisture content required for proper compaction. 4.2.4 Considerations for Subgrade Preparation and Fill Placement We anticipate that the subgrade at the bottom of the foundation excavation will consist of lower strength cohesive soil with sand seams. This soil type should be considered as frost- mm susceptible and susceptible to disturbance from construction equipment; particularly if the soil is wetted. Should unstable subgrade conditions develop, overexcavation will be required. If a significant period of time elapses between subgrade preparation and subsequent construction, the subgrade should be reworked and retested prior to placement of additional fill and/or concrete. Terracon should be retained during the construction phase of the project to perform required tests and observations during foundation subgrade preparation, placement and compaction of structural fill, backfilling of pump station walls, and just prior to construction of the foundation. 4.3 Pump Station Foundation Recommendations Based on the project information and the results of the subsurface exploration, laboratory testing, and our evaluation, it is our opinion that the proposed pump station can be supported on a mat foundation. The pump station foundation should bear on a layer of granular material placed over suitable, native soil. Excavation which results from the removal of unsuitable existing bearing material should be backfilled with structural fill as recommended in sections 4.2 Foundation Subgrade Preparation, Structural Fill and Backfill, and 4.3.2 Pump Station Foundation Construction Considerations. Responsive v Resourceful v Reliable 6 Geotechnical Engineering Report lierracon Pump Station �� Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 4.3.1 Pump Station Foundation Design Recommendations Description Value At least 24 inches of well-graded granular material with a Support system maximum nominal size of 11/2 inches, over a Suitable, native soil approved by Terracon personnel Net allowable bearing pressure' a 1,500 psf a Total: 1 inch Estimated settlement 3 ..., a Differential: 1/2 of total settlement 1. The recommended net allowable bearing pressure is the pressure in excess of the minimum surrounding overburden pressure at the foundation base elevation. Assumes any unsuitable soil will be removed and replaced with properly compacted, well-graded, granular materia . 2. The foundation settlement will depend on the variations within the subsurface profile, the structural loading conditions, the rigidity of the foundation, and the quality of construction operations. Subsurface structures below groundwater levels are subjected to uplift forces. For uplift and buoyancy design purposes, we recommend that the unit weight of the backfill be 120 pcf above the maximum groundwater level and 57 pcf below the groundwater level. Uplift forces may be resisted by the effective dead weight of the structure and by the effective weight of the material placed above the extensions of the base slab. 4.3.2 Pump Station Foundation Construction Considerations Based on the conditions encountered in the boring, we anticipate that the soil at the bottom of the excavation should be satisfactory for support of the pump station; provided proper groundwater control is maintained throughout construction. Moderate to rapid groundwater seepage should be anticipated for this project due to the presence of sand seams within the glacial clay soils encountered at this site. As mentioned previously, if proper groundwater control procedures are not performed during construction, the density and support capability of any previously suitable soil/material could be affected and subsequently contribute to higher than anticipated settlement of the proposed structure and adjacent improvements. If unsuitable or disturbed soil is encountered in the foundation excavation, the excavation should be extended deeper to suitable soil and the foundation could bear directly on properly compacted granular fill extending down to suitable soil. Overexcavation for compacted backfill placement below the foundation should extend laterally beyond all edges of the foundation at least 8 inches per foot of overexcavation depth below the `design footing level' Compaction should not be attempted on wet soil/material or where the groundwater level is within 2 feet of the working construction level. The excavation below the foundation should be backfilled up to the 'design footing level' with well-graded granular material placed and compacted as recommended in section 4.2.3 Fill Placement and Compaction Requirements. Lateral widening is not recuired for an R,espc .c ft elia 'rs 7 Geotechnical Engineering Report Pump Station Waterloo, Iowa r I April 5, 2013 Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 overexcavation backfilled with lean concrete or CLSM. The overexcavation and backfill procedures are illustrated in the following figures. �-1,—1 a Design 2/3D N W N 2/3D 'k Design f Footing Level }' - ~ FootingLevel Q! it, ' I= COMPACTED STRUCTURAL D LEAN Recommended FILL CONCRETE Recommended Excavation Level Excavation Level Overexcavation / Backfill Lean Concrete Backfill NOTE:Excavations in sketches shown vertical for NOTE:Excavations in sketches shown vertical for convenience.Excavations should be sloped as convenience.Excavations should be sloped as necessary for safety necessary for safety The base of the foundation excavation should be free of water and loose soil/material prior to placement of reinforcing steel and concrete. Should the soil/material at the bearing level become disturbed, the affected soil/material should be improved or removed prior to placement of concrete. Concrete should be placed as soon as possible after excavating to minimize disturbance of the bearing soil/material. It is recommended that the geotechnical engineer be retained to observe and test foundation bearing materials. We recommend all excavations be sloped, shored, or braced to maintain stability. Excavations must be constructed in accordance with all local, state, and federal requirements including OSHA 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, "Excavations" and its appendices, as well as other applicable codes. The individual contractor(s) is responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations as required to maintain stability of the excavation sides and bottom. 4.4 Lateral Earth Pressures Reinforced concrete, below-grade walls of the pump station subjected to unbalanced earth pressures should be designed for at-rest earth pressures at least equal to those indicated in Table 1 or Table 2. Earth pressures will be influenced by structural design of the walls, conditions of wall restraint, methods of construction and/or compaction and the strength of the materials being restrained. The at-rest condition should be used where no wall movement is permitted. The recommended design lateral earth pressures do not include a factor of safety. es 3 030 Resc 9caf-' • Re:4able 8 Geotechnical Engineering Report erracon Pump Station Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 S = Surcharge - S For at-rest pressure T � v - No Movement Assumed Horizontal Finished Grade ' H Horizontal ' Finished Grade I1-p2 (1/ pi-/I - Retaining Wall TABLE 1 -AT-REST EARTH PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS (Above groundwater level) Equivalent ! Surcharge Earth Earth Coefficient for Fluid Pressure Pressure Pressure Condition Backfill Type Pressure P1 P2 (pcf) (pcf) (psf) Relatively Clean,Well-graded stone—0.44 53 (0.44)S (53)H At-Rest Clayey Sand /Sandy Lean Clay—0.56 67 (0.56)S (67)H (Ko) Lean to Fat Clay—0.66 79 (0.66)S (79)H TABLE 2 -AT-REST EARTH PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS (Below groundwater level) Earth Equivalent Surcharge Earth Coefficient for Fluid Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Backfill Type Pi P2 Condition (pcf) (pcf) (psf) Relatively Clean,Well graded stone—0.44 85 (0.44)S (85)H At-Rest Clayey Sand /Sandy Lean Clay—0.56 95 (0.56)S (95)H (Ko) Lean to Fat Clay-0.66 100 (0.66)S (100)H Responsive■ Resourceful m Reliable 9 Geotechnical Engineering Report lierracon Pump Station •Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 ra Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 TABLE 3— PASSIVE EARTH PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS Earth Equivalent Surcharge Earth Coefficient for Fluid Pressure Pressure Pressure Condition Backfill Type Pressure P1 P2 (pcf) (pcf) (psf) Relatively Clean,Well-graded stone—3.54 425 -- -- Passive Clayey Sand /Sandy Lean Clay—2.56 308 (Kp) Lean to Fat Clay—2.0 240 -- -- Applicable conditions to the preceding include: For passive earth pressure to develop, wall must move horizontally to mobilize resistance e Uniform surcharge, where S is surcharge pressure In-situ soil backfill weight a maximum of 120 pcf f Horizontal backfill, compacted to 95 to 98 percent of the maximum dry density per ASTM D 698 Loading from heavy compaction equipment not included No dynamic loading e No safety factor included Ignore passive pressure in frost zone Backfill placed against the pump station wall, if any, should consist of granular fill or low plasticity cohesive soil. For the granular values to be valid, the granular backfill must extend out from the base of the wall at an angle of at least 45 and 60 degrees from vertical for the at-rest and passive cases, respectively. To calculate the resistance to sliding, a value of 0.3 can be used as the ultimate coefficient of friction between the footing and the underlying soil. A value of 0.45 may be used if at least 2 feet of crushed stone is provided immediately below the foundation. 4.5 Seismic Site Classification Item Value 2009 International Building Code(IBC)1 Site Classification D 2 Site Latitude N 42° 25'43.78" _ Site Longitude W 92° 17' 6.58" Sips Spectral Acceleration for a Short Period 3 0.073g(Site Class B) L Sol Spectral Acceleration for a 1-Second Period 3 0.042g(Site Class B) Table continued on page 11 Responsive Resourceful a Reliable 10 L. Geotechnical Engineering Report �rrC7� Pump Station Waterloo, Iowa on April 5, 2013 Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 Table continued from page 10 1. In general accordance with the 2009 International Building Code, Table 1613.5.2. _ 2. The 2009 International Building Code requires a site soil profile determination extending a depth of 100 feet for seismic site classification. The current scope requested does not include the required 100 foot soil profile determination. The boring for this project extended to a depth of about 201/2 _ feet and this seismic site class considers that similar soil is present below the depth explored for this project. Additional exploration to a greater depth could be considered to confirm the conditions below the current depth of exploration. Alternatively, a geophysical exploration could be utilized in order to attempt to justify a higher seismic site class. 3. Values of SS and Si are for Site Class B and must be adjusted for Site Class D. 5.0 GENERAL COMMENTS Terracon should be retained to review the final design plans and specifications so comments can be made regarding interpretation and implementation of our geotechnical recommendations in the design and specifications. Terracon also should be retained to provide observation and testing services during grading, excavation, foundation construction and other earth-related construction phases of the project. The analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data obtained from the boring performed at the indicated location and from other information discussed in this report. This report does not reflect variations that may occur between borings, across the site, or due to the modifying effects of construction or weather. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until during or after construction. If variations appear, we should be immediately notified so that further evaluation and supplemental recommendations can be provided. The scope of services for this project does not include either specifically or by implication any environmental or biological (e.g., mold, fungi, bacteria) assessment of the site or identification or prevention of pollutants, hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential for such contamination or pollution, other studies should be undertaken. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of our client for specific application to the project discussed and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices. No warranties, either express or implied, are intended or made. Site safety, excavation support, and dewatering requirements are the responsibility of others. In the event that changes in the nature, design, or location of the project as outlined in this report are planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless Terracon reviews the changes and either verifies or modifies the conclusions of this report in writing. Responsive a Resourceful Reliable 11 Gewtmnhnica[ Eng7namdng Report �~ Pump Station tsVVebedoo. !ovvu IrerracanApri| 5' 2O13vTonanonPn�ectNn. 1312GO21.O1 / hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or ~~ under my direct personal supervision and that / am o duly licensed ProfessionalE iunderdh cf the State ofIowa. ~- , ~ _ W oonPa�okHe� �p ' Date ^ �r ~- � K4y license renewal date io December 31.2014. ~- ' ~_ -- ~- ~- -- ~- ~- ~- Responsive n Resourceful aReiob|c' 12 ~- APPENDIX A FIELD EXPLORATION 1 J J J J o r z 1 • Q w a Q 0 cc w I- r Z °o a IQ Z• co < 0 o goo ,u. b p _ • Ozw 00 w O W p Z ry O z U w x z — cu . � ce LL r � ■ V m i U •1 wwil p t. w. /L 1.0 4 w 6V C w N 4, Aa. ;$ i wow- - I a N op Z ¢ oo N o y•N 1 ( 111,1 1J1 "77117,� z eo yC A o A a an LL,-o c,. W 0 2 I c a a R a, a c ,. ,...,.._p M a a Q• 3 n IZA z Oa • r a9_cn P UOovuai J p O CC W c w Z d Z o02 ,zi o�D �z1 :¢z J O Z 'IleL.. ¢o ', , , 7j// — r "', j , ,r ti` Via, ./... s //� / t — /! \ //mil / l \ /// '' /S 1j/ U Sl %�. _ N „ ,. i i ,, r 1 f N. it O;�--gli y �. —. �//iff ffs t:4 1 ` . 9 _ , l Li by % ', / t /✓/ / 'k 'Y/,.�� /�'/ / / i i" ' /fir a,// % / /' xr � BASE DRAWING PROVIDED BY AECOM. DIAGRAM IS FOR GENERAL LOCATION ONLY,AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES BENCHMARK: Fire hydrant at the intersection of Bristol Road and Dalton Dnve Project Manager, Project No. BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM Exhibit REL 13135021 Drawn by: Scale: llèrracon KADN.T.S. PROPOSED PUMP STATION Checked by: File Name: r[mstslting Fnosnc:'rs&Srienristr; A-2 JPH 13135021 A2.ppt INTERSECTION OF ORANGE RD AND LA PORTE RD B812ChancNbrDme,Suite 102 Cedar Fells,Iowe50813 Approved : Date: WATERLOO,IOWA PP y PH.(319)277-4018 FAX(319)277-4320 JPH 3/28/2013 BORING LOG NO. 1 Page 1 of 1 _ PROJECT: Southview Estates&Cedar CLIENT: AECOM Technical Services, Inc. Hills Developments Des Moines, Iowa SITE: Pumping Station; NW of Orange Rd.and La Porte Rd.,Waterloo, Iowa o LOCATION See Exhibit A-2 J co w N OJ >� ar = inin ce a T S J a r re F J O= ll.l~ o a w� w > o� CeZ ¢W "' ~jW wiu m> 3z DEPTH O O LEAN CLAY(CLI,trace sand and organics,dark brown,(Possible Fill) 2.0 i/,�� SANDY LEAN CLAY(CLI,trace gravel,brown,medium stiff, (Possible Fill) 1 12 N24 13 % / 3.5 LEAN TO FAT CLAY(CUCH),trace sand and organics,dark gray,medium stiff to stiff _ _ 5.0 3-4-5 3000 LEAN TO FAT CLAY(CUCH),trace sand,brown gray,medium stiff 5— " 14 N=9 (HP) 26 2-2-2 2000 7.5 24 j SANDY LEAN CLAY(CUCCI,trace gravel,with sand seams and layers,brown gray, _ � 12 N=4 (HP) 21 soft to medium stiff o — 11 1-2-2 19 10— N=4 N 0. % 'a %14.0 ry SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),trace gravel,with sand seams and layers,brown,soft " 12 0-1-2 1000 24 15— N=3 (HP) J — J - w O - z 0 O — 1- re 19.0 Q • _ o SANDY LEAN TO FAT CLAY(CUCHI,trace gravel,brown,stiff 1-3-3 2500 LU /20.5 20— " 11 N=6 (HP) 25 .... Boring Terminated at 20.5 Feet cc 0 a. w re J Q z _0 E 0 0 0 U- LL �. 0 ui Stratification lines are approximate.In-situ,the transition may be gradual. Hammer Type: Automatic . cc w LL Advancement Method: See Exhibit A-4 for description of field Notes: o Power Auger procedures 71 See Appendix B for description of laboratory > procedures and additional data(if any). 0 Abandonment Method: See Appendix C for explanation of symbols and 0 Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion. abbreviations. 0 WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS z Boring Started:3/27/2013 Boring Completed:3/27/2013 z 9.5'while sampling wir rr. Dull Rig:#872 Duller:WE — m . 5.5'(4/1) - 1- Project No.:13135021 Exhibit: A-3 Geotechnical Engineering Report 1 �rr�c�n Proposed Orange Road Pump Station Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 a Terracon Project No. 13125021.01 Field Exploration Description The boring location was determined in the field by Terracon personnel by referencing existing site features and using a tape while estimating right angles. The approximate boring location is -- illustrated on the Boring Location Diagram. The location of the boring should be considered accurate only to the degree implied by the means and methods used to define them. The boring was drilled with a truck-mounted rotary drill rig using continuous flight solid-stem augers to advance the borehole. Samples were obtained in the boring using the split-barrel sampling procedure. In the split-barrel sampling procedure, the number of blows required to advance a standard 2-inch O.D. split-barrel sampler the last 12 inches of the typical total 18-inch penetration by means of a hammer with a free fall of 30 inches, is the standard penetration resistance value (N). The N-value is used to estimate the relative density of cohesionless soils, and to a lesser extent, the consistency of cohesive soils. The samples were tagged for identification, sealed to reduce moisture loss, and transported to our laboratory for further examination, testing, and classification. Information provided on the boring log attached to this report includes soil descriptions, consistency evaluations, boring depth, sampling intervals, and groundwater conditions. The boring was backfilled with auger cuttings prior to the drill crew leaving the site. During the field exploration, a field log of the boring was prepared by the drill crew. This log included visual classifications of the materials encountered during drilling as well as the driller's interpretation of the subsurface conditions between samples. The final boring log included with this report represents the engineer's interpretation of the field log and includes modifications based on laboratory observation and tests of the samples. Responsive a Resourceful Reliable Exhibit A-4 r r r APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING r r r r Geotechnical Engineering Report erracon Proposed Orange Road Pump Station Waterloo, Iowa April 5, 2013 % Terracon Project No. 13135021.01 Laboratory Testing Portions of recovered soil samples were tested in our laboratory to measure their natural water content. A calibrated hand penetrometer was used to estimate the unconfined compressive strength of a cohesive soil sample. The calibrated hand penetrometer has been correlated with unconfined compression tests and provides a better estimate of soil consistency than visual examination alone. These test results are provided on the boring log included in Appendix A and in this appendix. Descriptive classifications of the soils indicated on the boring log are in general accordance with the enclosed General Notes and the Unified Soil Classification System. Also shown are estimated Unified Soil Classification Symbols. A brief description of this classification system is attached to this report. All soil classification was by visual manual procedures. J Responsive y Resourceful Reliable Exhibit B-1 r r r r r APPENDIX C r SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS r r r r r r r r r i GENERAL NOTES 1 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS X v Water Initially (HP) Hand Penetrometer /. Encountered — 1 Auger Split Spoon w Water Level After a Specified Period of Time R) Torvane g p p I J Water Level After N 1—W a Specified Period of Time (b/f) Standard Penetration 1 — (n Test(blows per foot) Z Shelby Tube Macro Core W W J J Water levels indicated on the soil boring I (PID) Photo-Ionization Detector a IY logs are the levels measured in the 0 _ W borehole at the times indicated. J W (OVA) Organic Vapor Analyzer cn Ring Sampler— Rock Core Q Groundwater level variations will occur g p Yz over time. In low permeability soils, accurate determination of groundwater levels is not possible with short term � water level observations. Grab Sample No Recovery DESCRIPTIVE SOIL CLASSIFICATION 1 Soil classification is based on the Unified Soil Classification System. Coarse Grained Soils have more than 50% of their dry weight retained on a#200 sieve; their principal descriptors are: boulders, cobbles, gravel or sand. Fine Grained Soils have less than 50% of their dry weight retained on a#200 sieve;they are principally described as clays if they are plastic, and silts if they are slightly plastic or non-plastic. Major constituents may be added as modifiers and minor constituents may be 1 added according to the relative proportions based on grain size. In addition to gradation, coarse-grained soils are defined on the basis of their in-place relative density and fine-grained soils on the basis of their consistency. LOCATION AND ELEVATION NOTES 1 Unless otherwise noted, Latitude and Longitude are approximately determined using a hand-held GPS device.The accuracy of such devices is variable. Surface elevation data annotated with +/-indicates that no actual topographical survey was conducted to confirm the surface elevation. Instead,the surface elevation was approximately determines: from topographic maps of the area. RELATIVE DENSITY OF COARSE-GRAINED SOILS CONSISTENCY OF FINE-GRAINED SOILS (More than 50%retained on No.200 sieve.) (50%or more passing the No.200 sieve ) Density determined by Standard Penetration Resistance Consistency determined by laboratory shear strength testing,field Includes gravels,sands and silts. visual-manual procedures or standard penetration resistance (4 Descriptive Term Standard Penetration or Ring Sampler Descriptive Term Unconfined Compressive Standard Penetration or Ring Sampler (Density) Blows/Ft.V Blows/Ft. (Consistency) Strength,Qu,psf N-Value Ce Blows/Ft. Blows/Ft. ..L LU Very Loose I 0-3 0-6 Very Soft less than 500 0-1 <3 CD Loose 4-9 7-18 Soft 500to1,000 2-4 3-4 z l W Medium Dense I- 10-29 19-58 Medium-Stiff 1,000 to 2,000 4-8 5-9 CO I— Dense 30-50 59-98 Stiff 2,000 to 4,000 8-15 10-18 Very Dense >50 >99 Very Stiff 4,000 to 8,000 15-30 19-42 Hard >8,000 >30 >42 IRELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF SAND AND GRAVEL GRAIN SIZE TERMINOLOGY Descriptive Terms) Percent of Major Component of other constituents Dry Weight of Sample Particle Size Trace < 15 Boulders Over 12 it (300 mm) L With 15-29 Cobbles 12 in.to 3 in. (300mm to 75mm) Modifier >30 Gravel 3 in.to#4 sieve(75mm to 4.75 mm) Sand #4 to#20C sieve(4.75mm to 0.075mm L RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF FINES Silt or Clay Passing#200 sieve(0.075mm) PLASTICITY DESCRIPTION Descriptive Term(s) Percent of Term Plasticity Index of other constituents Dry Weight Non-plastic 0 Trace <5 Low 1 -10 With 5 12 Medium 11 -30 Modifier > 12 High >30 lierracon Exhibit C-1 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Soil Classification Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests A Group B Symbol Group Name Gravels: I Clean Gravels: Cu>_4 and 1 <Cc<3 E GW Well-graded gravel F More than 50%of Less than 5%fines Cu<4 and/or 1>Cc>3E GP Poorly graded gravel F ` coarse fraction retained Gravels with Fines: Fines classify as ML or MR GM Silty gravel F,c,H Coarse Grained Soils: on No.4 sieve More than 12%fines° Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravel F,G,H More than 50%retained on No.200 sieve Sands: Clean Sands: Cu>6 and 1<Cc<3 E SW Well-graded sand' 50%or more of coarse Less than 5%fines° Cu<6 and/or 1>Cc>3 E SP Poorly graded sand' fraction passes No.4 Sands with Fines: Fines classify as ML or MH SM Silty sand o,"I sieve More than 12%fines° Fines classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sand o'"'' Inorganic: PI>7 and plots on or above"A"line' CL Lean clay K,L,M Silts and Clays: PI<4 or plots below"A"line ML Silt K,L,M 'Liquid limit less than 50 Liquid limit-oven dried Organic clay K,L,M,N Fine-Grained Soils: Organic: <0.75 OL ii.. Liquid limit-not dried Organic anic silt K.L.M.o 50%or more passes the No.200 sieve PI plots on or above"A"line CH Fat clay"-hi Inorganic: Silts and Clays: PI plots below"A"line MH Elastic Silt K'L,M I Liquid limit 50 or more Liquid limit-oven dried Organic clay K,L,M,P Organic: <0.75 OH K,L,M,O Liquid limit-not dried _ Organic silt Highly organic soils: Primarily organic matter,dark in color,and organic odor PT Peat A Based on the material passing the 3-inch(75-mm)sieve "If fines are organic,add"with organic fines"to group name. _ B If field sample contained cobbles or boulders,or both,add"with cobbles ' If soil contains>15%gravel,add"with gravel"to group name. or boulders,or both"to group name. J If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area,soil is a CL-ML,silty clay. °Gravels with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: GW-GM well-graded " If soil contains 15 to 29%plus No.200,add"with sand"or"with gravel," gravel with silt,GW-GC well-graded gravel with clay,GP-GM poorly whichever is predominant. graded gravel with silt,GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay. L If soil contains>30%plus No.200 predominantly sand,add"sandy"to D Sands with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: SW-SM well-graded group name. sand with silt,SW-SC well-graded sand with clay,SP-SM poorly graded M If soil contains>30%plus No.200,predominantly gravel,add sand with silt,SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay "gravelly"to group name. _ (D )2 Is'PI>4 and plots on or above"A"line. E Cu=D6o/D10 Cc= 30 °PI<4 or plots below"A"line. D10 x D60 P PI plots on or above"A"line. F If soil contains>_15%sand,add"with sand"to group name. °PI plots below"A"line. o If fines classify as CL-ML,use dual symbol GC-GM,or SC-SM. F 60 i 1 1 , I For classification of fine-grained I �" soils and fine-grained fraction I 50 of coarse-grained soils \fie-' _ 0 sue/ ��?fi Equation of"A"-line .J, wQ- E. Horizontal at PI=4 to LL=25.5. �' r�X 40 - then PI=0.73(LL-20) O ,,11.1 Ot a Equation of"U"-line z Vertical at LL=16 to P1=7, G >- 30 then PI=0.9(LL-8) ' I— �'I QV U , t 1-- o up Q 20 { �.' C) I a. i MH or OH 10 '' — 4 `_ CL=ML ML or OL o I 0 10 16 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 LIQUID LIMIT (LL) 1- lierracon Exhibit C-2